Search Results

Search found 6852 results on 275 pages for 'ascension systems'.

Page 274/275 | < Previous Page | 270 271 272 273 274 275  | Next Page >

  • How to automatically remove Flash history/privacy trail? Or stop Flash from storing it?

    - by Arjan van Bentem
    Many people have heard about third-party cookies, and some browsers even block those by default. Some people may even be using Private Browsing modes. However, only few seem to realise that Adobe's Flash player also leaves a cross-browser trail on your local hard drive, and allows for sending cookie-like information back to the server, including third-party sites. And because it is a plugin, Flash does not take any of the browser's privacy settings into account. Sorry for the long post, but first some details about why using Flash raises a privacy concern, followed by the results of my tests: The Flash player keeps a cross-browser history of the domain names of the Flash-sites your computer has visited. Unlike your browser's history, this history is not limited to a certain number of days. History is also recorded while using so-called Private Browsing modes. It is stored on your hard drive (though, as described below, without going to Adobe's site you won't know what is stored). I am not sure if any date and time information is kept about each visit, but to see the domain names: right-click on some Flash content, open the settings dialog, and click the Help icon or click the Advanced button within the Privacy tab. This opens a browser to the help pages on Adobe.com, where one can click through to the Website Storage Settings panel. One can clear the existing list, but one cannot stop it from being recorded again. Flash allows for storing data on your local hard drive, using so-called Local Shared Objects (aka "Flash Cookies"). Just like HTTP cookies, this data can be sent back to the server, for tracking purposes. They are cross-browser, have no expiration date, and no user defined maximum lifetime can be set in the Flash preferences either. These not being HTTP cookies, they are (of course) not blocked by a browser's cookies preferences and are not removed when the normal HTTP cookies are deleted. Adobe has announced that version 10.1 will obey Private Browsing in most popular browsers, but unfortunately no word about also removing the data whenever normal cookies are deleted manually. And its implementation might be confusing: [..] if the browser is in normal browsing mode when the Flash Player instance is created, then that particular instance will forever be in normal browsing mode (private browsing is turned off). Accordingly, toggling private browsing on or off without refreshing the page or closing the private browsing window will not impact Flash Player. Local Shared Objects are not limited to the site you visit, and third-party storage is enabled by default. At the Global Storage Settings panel one can deselect the default Allow third-party Flash content to store data on your computer. Because of the cross-browser and expiration-less nature (and the fact that few people know about it), I feel that the cross-browser third-party Flash Cookies are more dangerous for visitor tracking than third-party normal HTTP cookies. They are even used to restore plain HTTP cookies that the user tried to delete: "All advertisers, websites and networks use cookies for targeted advertising, but cookies are under attack. According to current research they are being erased by 40% of users creating serious problems," says Mookie Tenembaum, founder of United Virtualities. "From simple frequency capping to the more sophisticated behavioral targeting, cookies are an essential part of any online ad campaign. PIE ["Persistent Identification Element"] will give publishers and third-party providers a persistent backup to cookies effectively rendering them unassailable", adds Tenembaum. [..] To justify this tracking mechanism, UV's Tenembaum said, "The user is not proficient enough in technology to know if the cookie is good or bad, or how it works." When selecting None (zero KB) for Specify the amount of disk space that website websites that you haven't yet visited can use to store information on your computer, and checking Never ask again then some sites do not work. However, the same site might work when setting it to None but without selecting Never ask again, and then choose Deny whenever prompted. Both options would result in zero KB of data being allowed, but the behaviour differs. The plugin also provides a Flash Player cache for Adobe-signed files. I guess these files are not an issue. So: how to automatically delete that information? On a Mac, one can find a settings.sol file and a folder for each visited Flash-website in: $HOME/Library/Preferences/Macromedia/Flash Player/macromedia.com/support/flashplayer/sys/ Deleting the settings.sol file and all the folders in sys, removes the trail from the settings panels. However, the actual Local Shared Ojects are elsewhere (see Wikipedia for locations on other operating systems), in a randomly named subfolder of: $HOME/Library/Preferences/Macromedia/Flash Player/#SharedObjects But then: how to remove this automatically? Simply removing the folders and the settings.sol file every now and then (like by using launchd or Windows' Task Scheduler) may interfere with active browsers. Or is it safe to assume that, given the cross-browser nature, the plugin would not care if things are removed while it is active? Only clearing during log-off may not work for those who hibernate all the time. Firefox users can install BetterPrivacy or Objection to delete the Local Shared Objects (for all others browsers as well). I don't know if that also deletes the trail of website domain names. Or: how to stop Flash from storing a history trail? Change of plans: I'm currently testing prohibiting Flash to write to its own sys and #SharedObjects folders. So far, Flash has not tried to restore permissions (though, when deleting the folders, Flash will of course recreate them). I've not encountered any problems but this may take some while to validate, using multiple browsers and sites. I've not yet found a log that reports errors. On a Mac: cd "$HOME/Library/Preferences/Macromedia/Flash Player/macromedia.com/support/flashplayer" rm -r sys/* chmod u-w sys cd "$HOME/Library/Preferences/Macromedia/Flash Player" # preserve the randomly named subfolders (only preserving the latest would suffice; see below) rm -r \#SharedObjects/*/* chmod -R u-w \#SharedObjects I guess the above chmods cannot be achieved on an old Windows system (I'm not sure about XP and Vista?). Though maybe on Windows one could replace the folders sys and #SharedObjects with dummy files with the same names? Anyone? Obviously, keeping Flash from storing those Local Shared Objects for all sites may cause problems. Some test results (Flash 10 on Mac OS X): When blocking the sys folder (even when leaving the #SharedObjects folder writable) then YouTube won't remember your volume settings while viewing multiple videos. Temporarily allowing write access to the blocked folders while visiting trusted sites (to only create folders for domains you like, maybe including references in settings.sol) solves that. This way, for YouTube, Flash could be allowed to write to sys/#s.ytimg.com and #SharedObjects/s.ytimg.com, while Flash could not create new folders for other domains. One may also need to make settings.sol read-only afterwards, or delete it again. When blocking both the sys and #SharedObjects folders, YouTube and Vimeo work fine (though they might not remember any settings). However, Bits on the Run refuses to even show the video player. This is solved by temporarily unblocking the #SharedObjects folder, to allow Flash to create a subfolder with some random name. Within this folder, it would create yet another folder for the current Flash website (content.bitsontherun.com). Removing that website-specific folder, and blocking both #SharedObjects and the randomly named subfolder, still seems to allow Bits on the Run to operate, even though it still cannot write anything to disk. So: the existence of the randomly named subfolder (even when write protected) is important for some sites. When I first found the #SharedObjects folder, it held many subfolders with random names, some created on the very same day. I wonder when Flash decides it wants a new folder, and how it determines (and remembers) that random name. For a moment I considered not blocking write access for sys and #SharedObjects, but explicitly creating read-only folders for well-known third-party tracking domains (like based on a list from, for example, AdBlock Plus). That way, any other domain could still create Local Shared Objects. But the list would be long, and the domains from AdBlock Plus are probably all third-party domains anyway, so disabling Allow third-party Flash content to store data on your computer might have the very same result. Any experience anyone? (Final notes: if the above links to the settings panels do not work in the future, then use the URL that is known to Flash player as a starting point: www.adobe.com/go/settingsmanager. See also "You Deleted Your Cookies? Think Again" at Wired.com -- which uses Flash cookies itself as well... For the very suspicious using Time Machine: you may want to exclude both folders, for each user, and remove the trace that is already on your backup.)

    Read the article

  • Bacula & Multiple Tape Devices, and so on

    - by Tom O'Connor
    Bacula won't make use of 2 tape devices simultaneously. (Search for #-#-# for the TL;DR) A little background, perhaps. In the process of trying to get a decent working backup solution (backing up 20TB ain't cheap, or easy) at $dayjob, we bought a bunch of things to make it work. Firstly, there's a Spectra Logic T50e autochanger, 40 slots of LTO5 goodness, and that robot's got a pair of IBM HH5 Ultrium LTO5 drives, connected via FibreChannel Arbitrated Loop to our backup server. There's the backup server.. A Dell R715 with 2x 16 core AMD 62xx CPUs, and 32GB of RAM. Yummy. That server's got 2 Emulex FCe-12000E cards, and an Intel X520-SR dual port 10GE NIC. We were also sold Commvault Backup (non-NDMP). Here's where it gets really complicated. Spectra Logic and Commvault both sent respective engineers, who set up the library and the software. Commvault was running fine, in so far as the controller was working fine. The Dell server has Ubuntu 12.04 server, and runs the MediaAgent for CommVault, and mounts our BlueArc NAS as NFS to a few mountpoints, like /home, and some stuff in /mnt. When backing up from the NFS mountpoints, we were seeing ~= 290GB/hr throughput. That's CRAP, considering we've got 20-odd TB to get through, in a <48 hour backup window. The rated maximum on the BlueArc is 700MB/s (2460GB/hr), the rated maximum write speed on the tape devices is 140MB/s, per drive, so that's 492GB/hr (or double it, for the total throughput). So, the next step was to benchmark NFS performance with IOzone, and it turns out that we get epic write performance (across 20 threads), and it's like 1.5-2.5TB/hr write, but read performance is fecking hopeless. I couldn't ever get higher than 343GB/hr maximum. So let's assume that the 343GB/hr is a theoretical maximum for read performance on the NAS, then we should in theory be able to get that performance out of a) CommVault, and b) any other backup agent. Not the case. Commvault seems to only ever give me 200-250GB/hr throughput, and out of experimentation, I installed Bacula to see what the state of play there is. If, for example, Bacula gave consistently better performance and speeds than Commvault, then we'd be able to say "**$.$ Refunds Plz $.$**" #-#-# Alas, I found a different problem with Bacula. Commvault seems pretty happy to read from one part of the mountpoint with one thread, and stream that to a Tape device, whilst reading from some other directory with the other thread, and writing to the 2nd drive in the autochanger. I can't for the life of me get Bacula to mount and write to two tape drives simultaneously. Things I've tried: Setting Maximum Concurrent Jobs = 20 in the Director, File and Storage Daemons Setting Prefer Mounted Volumes = no in the Job Definition Setting multiple devices in the Autochanger resource. Documentation seems to be very single-drive centric, and we feel a little like we've strapped a rocket to a hamster, with this one. The majority of example Bacula configurations are for DDS4 drives, manual tape swapping, and FreeBSD or IRIX systems. I should probably add that I'm not too bothered if this isn't possible, but I'd be surprised. I basically want to use Bacula as proof to stick it to the software vendors that they're overpriced ;) I read somewhere that @KyleBrandt has done something similar with a modern Tape solution.. Configuration Files: *bacula-dir.conf* # # Default Bacula Director Configuration file Director { # define myself Name = backuphost-1-dir DIRport = 9101 # where we listen for UA connections QueryFile = "/etc/bacula/scripts/query.sql" WorkingDirectory = "/var/lib/bacula" PidDirectory = "/var/run/bacula" Maximum Concurrent Jobs = 20 Password = "yourekiddingright" # Console password Messages = Daemon DirAddress = 0.0.0.0 #DirAddress = 127.0.0.1 } JobDefs { Name = "DefaultFileJob" Type = Backup Level = Incremental Client = backuphost-1-fd FileSet = "Full Set" Schedule = "WeeklyCycle" Storage = File Messages = Standard Pool = File Priority = 10 Write Bootstrap = "/var/lib/bacula/%c.bsr" } JobDefs { Name = "DefaultTapeJob" Type = Backup Level = Incremental Client = backuphost-1-fd FileSet = "Full Set" Schedule = "WeeklyCycle" Storage = "SpectraLogic" Messages = Standard Pool = AllTapes Priority = 10 Write Bootstrap = "/var/lib/bacula/%c.bsr" Prefer Mounted Volumes = no } # # Define the main nightly save backup job # By default, this job will back up to disk in /nonexistant/path/to/file/archive/dir Job { Name = "BackupClient1" JobDefs = "DefaultFileJob" } Job { Name = "BackupThisVolume" JobDefs = "DefaultTapeJob" FileSet = "SpecialVolume" } #Job { # Name = "BackupClient2" # Client = backuphost-12-fd # JobDefs = "DefaultJob" #} # Backup the catalog database (after the nightly save) Job { Name = "BackupCatalog" JobDefs = "DefaultFileJob" Level = Full FileSet="Catalog" Schedule = "WeeklyCycleAfterBackup" # This creates an ASCII copy of the catalog # Arguments to make_catalog_backup.pl are: # make_catalog_backup.pl <catalog-name> RunBeforeJob = "/etc/bacula/scripts/make_catalog_backup.pl MyCatalog" # This deletes the copy of the catalog RunAfterJob = "/etc/bacula/scripts/delete_catalog_backup" Write Bootstrap = "/var/lib/bacula/%n.bsr" Priority = 11 # run after main backup } # # Standard Restore template, to be changed by Console program # Only one such job is needed for all Jobs/Clients/Storage ... # Job { Name = "RestoreFiles" Type = Restore Client=backuphost-1-fd FileSet="Full Set" Storage = File Pool = Default Messages = Standard Where = /srv/bacula/restore } FileSet { Name = "SpecialVolume" Include { Options { signature = MD5 } File = /mnt/SpecialVolume } Exclude { File = /var/lib/bacula File = /nonexistant/path/to/file/archive/dir File = /proc File = /tmp File = /.journal File = /.fsck } } # List of files to be backed up FileSet { Name = "Full Set" Include { Options { signature = MD5 } File = /usr/sbin } Exclude { File = /var/lib/bacula File = /nonexistant/path/to/file/archive/dir File = /proc File = /tmp File = /.journal File = /.fsck } } Schedule { Name = "WeeklyCycle" Run = Full 1st sun at 23:05 Run = Differential 2nd-5th sun at 23:05 Run = Incremental mon-sat at 23:05 } # This schedule does the catalog. It starts after the WeeklyCycle Schedule { Name = "WeeklyCycleAfterBackup" Run = Full sun-sat at 23:10 } # This is the backup of the catalog FileSet { Name = "Catalog" Include { Options { signature = MD5 } File = "/var/lib/bacula/bacula.sql" } } # Client (File Services) to backup Client { Name = backuphost-1-fd Address = localhost FDPort = 9102 Catalog = MyCatalog Password = "surelyyourejoking" # password for FileDaemon File Retention = 30 days # 30 days Job Retention = 6 months # six months AutoPrune = yes # Prune expired Jobs/Files } # # Second Client (File Services) to backup # You should change Name, Address, and Password before using # #Client { # Name = backuphost-12-fd # Address = localhost2 # FDPort = 9102 # Catalog = MyCatalog # Password = "i'mnotjokinganddontcallmeshirley" # password for FileDaemon 2 # File Retention = 30 days # 30 days # Job Retention = 6 months # six months # AutoPrune = yes # Prune expired Jobs/Files #} # Definition of file storage device Storage { Name = File # Do not use "localhost" here Address = localhost # N.B. Use a fully qualified name here SDPort = 9103 Password = "lalalalala" Device = FileStorage Media Type = File } Storage { Name = "SpectraLogic" Address = localhost SDPort = 9103 Password = "linkedinmakethebestpasswords" Device = Drive-1 Device = Drive-2 Media Type = LTO5 Autochanger = yes } # Generic catalog service Catalog { Name = MyCatalog # Uncomment the following line if you want the dbi driver # dbdriver = "dbi:sqlite3"; dbaddress = 127.0.0.1; dbport = dbname = "bacula"; DB Address = ""; dbuser = "bacula"; dbpassword = "bbmaster63" } # Reasonable message delivery -- send most everything to email address # and to the console Messages { Name = Standard mailcommand = "/usr/lib/bacula/bsmtp -h localhost -f \"\(Bacula\) \<%r\>\" -s \"Bacula: %t %e of %c %l\" %r" operatorcommand = "/usr/lib/bacula/bsmtp -h localhost -f \"\(Bacula\) \<%r\>\" -s \"Bacula: Intervention needed for %j\" %r" mail = root@localhost = all, !skipped operator = root@localhost = mount console = all, !skipped, !saved # # WARNING! the following will create a file that you must cycle from # time to time as it will grow indefinitely. However, it will # also keep all your messages if they scroll off the console. # append = "/var/lib/bacula/log" = all, !skipped catalog = all } # # Message delivery for daemon messages (no job). Messages { Name = Daemon mailcommand = "/usr/lib/bacula/bsmtp -h localhost -f \"\(Bacula\) \<%r\>\" -s \"Bacula daemon message\" %r" mail = root@localhost = all, !skipped console = all, !skipped, !saved append = "/var/lib/bacula/log" = all, !skipped } # Default pool definition Pool { Name = Default Pool Type = Backup Recycle = yes # Bacula can automatically recycle Volumes AutoPrune = yes # Prune expired volumes Volume Retention = 365 days # one year } # File Pool definition Pool { Name = File Pool Type = Backup Recycle = yes # Bacula can automatically recycle Volumes AutoPrune = yes # Prune expired volumes Volume Retention = 365 days # one year Maximum Volume Bytes = 50G # Limit Volume size to something reasonable Maximum Volumes = 100 # Limit number of Volumes in Pool } Pool { Name = AllTapes Pool Type = Backup Recycle = yes AutoPrune = yes # Prune expired volumes Volume Retention = 31 days # one Moth } # Scratch pool definition Pool { Name = Scratch Pool Type = Backup } # # Restricted console used by tray-monitor to get the status of the director # Console { Name = backuphost-1-mon Password = "LastFMalsostorePasswordsLikeThis" CommandACL = status, .status } bacula-sd.conf # # Default Bacula Storage Daemon Configuration file # Storage { # definition of myself Name = backuphost-1-sd SDPort = 9103 # Director's port WorkingDirectory = "/var/lib/bacula" Pid Directory = "/var/run/bacula" Maximum Concurrent Jobs = 20 SDAddress = 0.0.0.0 # SDAddress = 127.0.0.1 } # # List Directors who are permitted to contact Storage daemon # Director { Name = backuphost-1-dir Password = "passwordslinplaintext" } # # Restricted Director, used by tray-monitor to get the # status of the storage daemon # Director { Name = backuphost-1-mon Password = "totalinsecurityabound" Monitor = yes } Device { Name = FileStorage Media Type = File Archive Device = /srv/bacula/archive LabelMedia = yes; # lets Bacula label unlabeled media Random Access = Yes; AutomaticMount = yes; # when device opened, read it RemovableMedia = no; AlwaysOpen = no; } Autochanger { Name = SpectraLogic Device = Drive-1 Device = Drive-2 Changer Command = "/etc/bacula/scripts/mtx-changer %c %o %S %a %d" Changer Device = /dev/sg4 } Device { Name = Drive-1 Drive Index = 0 Archive Device = /dev/nst0 Changer Device = /dev/sg4 Media Type = LTO5 AutoChanger = yes RemovableMedia = yes; AutomaticMount = yes; AlwaysOpen = yes; RandomAccess = no; LabelMedia = yes } Device { Name = Drive-2 Drive Index = 1 Archive Device = /dev/nst1 Changer Device = /dev/sg4 Media Type = LTO5 AutoChanger = yes RemovableMedia = yes; AutomaticMount = yes; AlwaysOpen = yes; RandomAccess = no; LabelMedia = yes } # # Send all messages to the Director, # mount messages also are sent to the email address # Messages { Name = Standard director = backuphost-1-dir = all } bacula-fd.conf # # Default Bacula File Daemon Configuration file # # # List Directors who are permitted to contact this File daemon # Director { Name = backuphost-1-dir Password = "hahahahahaha" } # # Restricted Director, used by tray-monitor to get the # status of the file daemon # Director { Name = backuphost-1-mon Password = "hohohohohho" Monitor = yes } # # "Global" File daemon configuration specifications # FileDaemon { # this is me Name = backuphost-1-fd FDport = 9102 # where we listen for the director WorkingDirectory = /var/lib/bacula Pid Directory = /var/run/bacula Maximum Concurrent Jobs = 20 #FDAddress = 127.0.0.1 FDAddress = 0.0.0.0 } # Send all messages except skipped files back to Director Messages { Name = Standard director = backuphost-1-dir = all, !skipped, !restored }

    Read the article

  • I need help on my C++ assignment using MS Visual C++

    - by krayzwytie
    Ok, so I don't want you to do my homework for me, but I'm a little lost with this final assignment and need all the help I can get. Learning about programming is tough enough, but doing it online is next to impossible for me... Now, to get to the program, I am going to paste what I have so far. This includes mostly //comments and what I have written so far. If you can help me figure out where all the errors are and how to complete the assignment, I will really appreciate it. Like I said, I don't want you to do my homework for me (it's my final), but any constructive criticism is welcome. This is my final assignment for this class and it is due tomorrow (Sunday before midnight, Arizona time). This is the assignment: Examine the following situation: o Your company, Datamax, Inc., is in the process of automating its payroll systems. Your manager has asked you to create a program that calculates overtime pay for all employees. Your program must take into account the employee’s salary, total hours worked, and hours worked more than 40 in a week, and then provide an output that is useful and easily understood by company management. • Compile your program utilizing the following background information and the code outline in Appendix D (included in the code section). • Submit your project as an attachment including the code and the output. Company Background: o Three employees: Mark, John, and Mary o The end user needs to be prompted for three specific pieces of input—name, hours worked, and hourly wage. o Calculate overtime if input is greater than 40 hours per week. o Provide six test plans to verify the logic within the program. o Plan 1 must display the proper information for employee #1 with overtime pay. o Plan 2 must display the proper information for employee #1 with no overtime pay. o Plans 3-6 are duplicates of plan 1 and 2 but for the other employees. Program Requirements: o Define a base class to use for the entire program. o The class holds the function calls and the variables related to the overtime pay calculations. o Define one object per employee. Note there will be three employees. o Your program must take the objects created and implement calculations based on total salaries, total hours, and the total number of overtime hours. See the Employee Summary Data section of the sample output. Logic Steps to Complete Your Program: o Define your base class. o Define your objects from your base class. o Prompt for user input, updating your object classes for all three users. o Implement your overtime pay calculations. o Display overtime or regular time pay calculations. See the sample output below. o Implement object calculations by summarizing your employee objects and display the summary information in the example below. And this is the code: // Final_Project.cpp : Defines the entry point for the console application. // #include "stdafx.h" #include <iostream> #include <string> #include <iomanip> using namespace std; // //CLASS DECLARATION SECTION // class CEmployee { public: void ImplementCalculations(string EmployeeName, double hours, double wage); void DisplayEmployInformation(void); void Addsomethingup (CEmployee, CEmployee, CEmployee); string EmployeeName ; int hours ; int overtime_hours ; int iTotal_hours ; int iTotal_OvertimeHours ; float wage ; float basepay ; float overtime_pay ; float overtime_extra ; float iTotal_salaries ; float iIndividualSalary ; }; int main() { system("cls"); cout << "Welcome to the Employee Pay Center"; /* Use this section to define your objects. You will have one object per employee. You have only three employees. The format is your class name and your object name. */ std::cout << "Please enter Employee's Name: "; std::cin >> EmployeeName; std::cout << "Please enter Total Hours for (EmployeeName): "; std::cin >> hours; std::cout << "Please enter Base Pay for(EmployeeName): "; std::cin >> basepay; /* Here you will prompt for the first employee’s information. Prompt the employee name, hours worked, and the hourly wage. For each piece of information, you will update the appropriate class member defined above. Example of Prompts Enter the employee name = Enter the hours worked = Enter his or her hourly wage = */ /* Here you will prompt for the second employee’s information. Prompt the employee name, hours worked, and the hourly wage. For each piece of information, you will update the appropriate class member defined above. Enter the employee name = Enter the hours worked = Enter his or her hourly wage = */ /* Here you will prompt for the third employee’s information. Prompt the employee name, hours worked, and the hourly wage. For each piece of information, you will update the appropriate class member defined above. Enter the employee name = Enter the hours worked = Enter his or her hourly wage = */ /* Here you will implement a function call to implement the employ calcuations for each object defined above. You will do this for each of the three employees or objects. The format for this step is the following: [(object name.function name(objectname.name, objectname.hours, objectname.wage)] ; */ /* This section you will send all three objects to a function that will add up the the following information: - Total Employee Salaries - Total Employee Hours - Total Overtime Hours The format for this function is the following: - Define a new object. - Implement function call [objectname.functionname(object name 1, object name 2, object name 3)] /* } //End of Main Function void CEmployee::ImplementCalculations (string EmployeeName, double hours, double wage){ //Initialize overtime variables overtime_hours=0; overtime_pay=0; overtime_extra=0; if (hours > 40) { /* This section is for the basic calculations for calculating overtime pay. - base pay = 40 hours times the hourly wage - overtime hours = hours worked – 40 - overtime pay = hourly wage * 1.5 - overtime extra pay over 40 = overtime hours * overtime pay - salary = overtime money over 40 hours + your base pay */ /* Implement function call to output the employee information. Function is defined below. */ } // if (hours > 40) else { /* Here you are going to calculate the hours less than 40 hours. - Your base pay is = your hours worked times your wage - Salary = your base pay */ /* Implement function call to output the employee information. Function is defined below. */ } // End of the else } //End of Primary Function void CEmployee::DisplayEmployInformation(); { // This function displays all the employee output information. /* This is your cout statements to display the employee information: Employee Name ............. = Base Pay .................. = Hours in Overtime ......... = Overtime Pay Amount........ = Total Pay ................. = */ } // END OF Display Employee Information void CEmployee::Addsomethingup (CEmployee Employ1, CEmployee Employ2) { // Adds two objects of class Employee passed as // function arguments and saves them as the calling object's data member values. /* Add the total hours for objects 1, 2, and 3. Add the salaries for each object. Add the total overtime hours. */ /* Then display the information below. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%% EMPLOYEE SUMMARY DATA%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%% Total Employee Salaries ..... = 576.43 %%%% Total Employee Hours ........ = 108 %%%% Total Overtime Hours......... = 5 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% */ } // End of function

    Read the article

  • SQLAuthority News – TechEd India – April 12-14, 2010 Bangalore – An Unforgettable Experience – An Op

    - by pinaldave
    TechEd India was one of the largest Technology events in India led by Microsoft. This event was attended by more than 3,000 technology enthusiasts, making it one of the most well-organized events of the year. Though I attempted to attend almost all the technology events here, I have not seen any bigger or better event in Indian subcontinents other than this. There are 21 Technical Tracks at Tech·Ed India 2010 that span more than 745 learning opportunities. I was fortunate enough to be a part of this whole event as a speaker and a delegate, as well. TechEd India Speaker Badge and A Token of Lifetime Hotel Selection I presented three different sessions at TechEd India and was also a part of panel discussion. (The details of the sessions are given at the end of this blog post.) Due to extensive traveling, I stay away from my family occasionally. For this reason, I took my wife – Nupur and daughter Shaivi (8 months old) to the event along with me. We stayed at the same hotel where the event was organized so as to maximize my time bonding with my family and to have more time in networking with technology community, at the same time. The hotel Lalit Ashok is the largest and most luxurious venue one can find in Bangalore, located in the middle of the city. The cost of the hotel was a bit pricey, but looking at all the advantages, I had decided to ask for a booking there. Hotel Lalit Ashok Nupur Dave and Shaivi Dave Arrival Day – DAY 0 – April 11, 2010 I reached the event a day earlier, and that was one wise decision for I was able to relax a bit and go over my presentation for the next day’s course. I am a kind of person who likes to get everything ready ahead of time. I was also able to enjoy a pleasant evening with several Microsoft employees and my family friends. I even checked out the location where I would be doing presentations the next day. I was fortunate enough to meet Bijoy Singhal from Microsoft who helped me out with a few of the logistics issues that occured the day before. I was not aware of the fact that the very next day he was going to be “The Man” of the TechEd 2010 event. Vinod Kumar from Microsoft was really very kind as he talked to me regarding my subsequent session. He gave me some suggestions which were really helpful that I was able to incorporate them during my presentation. Finally, I was able to meet Abhishek Kant from Microsoft; his valuable suggestions and unlimited passion have inspired many people like me to work with the Community. Pradipta from Microsoft was also around, being extremely busy with logistics; however, in those busy times, he did find some good spare time to have a chat with me and the other Community leaders. I also met Harish Ranganathan and Sachin Rathi, both from Microsoft. It was so interesting to listen to both of them talking about SharePoint. I just have no words to express my overwhelmed spirit because of all these passionate young guys - Pradipta,Vinod, Bijoy, Harish, Sachin and Ahishek (of course!). Map of TechEd India 2010 Event Day 1 – April 12, 2010 From morning until night time, today was truly a very busy day for me. I had two presentations and one panel discussion for the day. Needless to say, I had a few meetings to attend as well. The day started with a keynote from S. Somaseger where he announced the launch of Visual Studio 2010. The keynote area was really eye-catching because of the very large, bigger-than- life uniform screen. This was truly one to show. The title music of the keynote was very interesting and it featured Bijoy Singhal as the model. It was interesting to talk to him afterwards, when we laughed at jokes together about his modeling assignment. TechEd India Keynote Opening Featuring Bijoy TechEd India 2010 Keynote – S. Somasegar Time: 11:15pm – 11:45pm Session 1: True Lies of SQL Server – SQL Myth Buster Following the excellent keynote, I had my very first session on the subject of SQL Server Myth Buster. At first, I was a bit nervous as right after the keynote, for this was my very first session and during my presentation I saw lots of Microsoft Product Team members. Well, it really went well and I had a really good discussion with attendees of the session. I felt that a well begin was half-done and my confidence was regained. Right after the session, I met a few of my Community friends and had meaningful discussions with them on many subjects. The abstract of the session is as follows: In this 30-minute demo session, I am going to briefly demonstrate few SQL Server Myths and their resolutions as I back them up with some demo. This demo presentation is a must-attend for all developers and administrators who would come to the event. This is going to be a very quick yet fun session. Pinal Presenting session at TechEd India 2010 Time: 1:00 PM – 2:00 PM Lunch with Somasegar After the session I went to see my daughter, and then I headed right away to the lunch with S. Somasegar – the keynote speaker and senior vice president of the Developer Division at Microsoft. I really thank to Abhishek who made it possible for us. Because of his efforts, all the MVPs had the opportunity to meet such a legendary person and had to talk with them on Microsoft Technology. Though Somasegar is currently holding such a high position in Microsoft, he is very polite and a real gentleman, and how I wish that everybody in industry is like him. Believe me, if you spread love and kindness, then that is what you will receive back. As soon as lunch time was over, I ran to the session hall as my second presentation was about to start. Time: 2:30pm – 3:30pm Session 2: Master Data Services in Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 Business Intelligence is a subject which was widely talked about at TechEd. Everybody was interested in this subject, and I did not excuse myself from this great concept as well. I consider myself fortunate as I was presenting on the subject of Master Data Services at TechEd. When I had initially learned this subject, I had a bit of confusion about the usage of this tool. Later on, I decided that I would tackle about how we all developers and DBAs are not able to understand something so simple such as this, and even worst, creating confusion about the technology. During system designing, it is very important to have a reference material or master lookup tables. Well, I talked about the same subject and presented the session keeping that as my center talk. The session went very well and I received lots of interesting questions. I got many compliments for talking about this subject on the real-life scenario. I really thank Rushabh Mehta (CEO, Solid Quality Mentors India) for his supportive suggestions that helped me prepare the slide deck, as well as the subject. Pinal Presenting session at TechEd India 2010 The abstract of the session is as follows: SQL Server Master Data Services will ship with SQL Server 2008 R2 and will improve Microsoft’s platform appeal. This session provides an in-depth demonstration of MDS features and highlights important usage scenarios. Master Data Services enables consistent decision-making process by allowing you to create, manage and propagate changes from a single master view of your business entities. Also, MDS – Master Data-hub which is a vital component, helps ensure the consistency of reporting across systems and deliver faster and more accurate results across the enterprise. We will talk about establishing the basis for a centralized approach to defining, deploying, and managing master data in the enterprise. Pinal Presenting session at TechEd India 2010 The day was still not over for me. I had ran into several friends but we were not able keep our enthusiasm under control about all the rumors saying that SQL Server 2008 R2 was about to be launched tomorrow in the keynote. I then ran to my third and final technical event for the day- a panel discussion with the top technologies of India. Time: 5:00pm – 6:00pm Panel Discussion: Harness the power of Web – SEO and Technical Blogging As I have delivered two technical sessions by this time, I was a bit tired but  not less enthusiastic when I had to talk about Blog and Technology. We discussed many different topics there. I told them that the most important aspect for any blog is its content. We discussed in depth the issues with plagiarism and how to avoid it. Another topic of discussion was how we technology bloggers can create awareness in the Community about what the right kind of blogging is and what morally and technically wrong acts are. A couple of questions were raised about what type of liberty a person can have in terms of writing blogs. Well, it was generically agreed that a blog is mainly a representation of our ideas and thoughts; it should not be governed by external entities. As long as one is writing what they really want to say, but not providing incorrect information or not practicing plagiarism, a blogger should be allowed to express himself. This panel discussion was supposed to be over in an hour, but the interest of the participants was remarkable and so it was extended for 30 minutes more. Finally, we decided to bring to a close the discussion and agreed that we will continue the topic next year. TechEd India Panel Discussion on Web, Technology and SEO Surprisingly, the day was just beginning after doing all of these. By this time, I have almost met all the MVP who arrived at the event, as well as many Microsoft employees. There were lots of Community folks present, too. I decided that I would go to meet several friends from the Community and continue to communicate with me on SQLAuthority.com. I also met Abhishek Baxi and had a good talk with him regarding Win Mobile and Twitter. He also took a very quick video of me wherein I spoke in my mother’s tongue, Gujarati. It was funny that I talked in Gujarati almost all the day, but when I was talking in the interview I could not find the right Gujarati words to speak. I think we all think in English when we think about Technology, so as to address universality. After meeting them, I headed towards the Speakers’ Dinner. Time: 8:00 PM – onwards Speakers Dinner The Speakers’ dinner was indeed a wonderful opportunity for all the speakers to get together and relax. We talked so many different things, from XBOX to Hindi Movies, and from SQL to Samosas. I just could not express how much fun I had. After a long evening, when I returned tmy room and met Shaivi, I just felt instantly relaxed. Kids are really gifts from God. Today was a really long but exciting day. So many things happened in just one day: Visual Studio Lanch, lunch with Somasegar, 2 technical sessions, 1 panel discussion, community leaders meeting, speakers dinner and, last but not leas,t playing with my child! A perfect day! Day 2 – April 13, 2010 Today started with a bang with the excellent keynote by Kamal Hathi who launched SQL Server 2008 R2 in India and demonstrated the power of PowerPivot to all of us. 101 Million Rows in Excel brought lots of applause from the audience. Kamal Hathi Presenting Keynote at TechEd India 2010 The day was a bit easier one for me. I had no sessions today and no events planned. I had a few meetings planned for the second day of the event. I sat in the speaker’s lounge for half a day and met many people there. I attended nearly 9 different meetings today. The subjects of the meetings were very different. Here is a list of the topics of the Community-related meetings: SQL PASS and its involvement in India and subcontinents How to start community blogging Forums and developing aptitude towards technology Ahmedabad/Gandhinagar User Groups and their developments SharePoint and SQL Business Meeting – a client meeting Business Meeting – a potential performance tuning project Business Meeting – Solid Quality Mentors (SolidQ) And family friends Pinal Dave at TechEd India The day passed by so quickly during this meeting. In the evening, I headed to Partners Expo with friends and checked out few of the booths. I really wanted to talk about some of the products, but due to the freebies there was so much crowd that I finally decided to just take the contact details of the partner. I will now start sending them with my queries and, hopefully, I will have my questions answered. Nupur and Shaivi had also one meeting to attend; it was with our family friend Vijay Raj. Vijay is also a person who loves Technology and loves it more than anybody. I see him growing and learning every day, but still remaining as a ‘human’. I believe that if someone acquires as much knowledge as him, that person will become either a computer or cyborg. Here, Vijay is still a kind gentleman and is able to stay as our close family friend. Shaivi was really happy to play with Uncle Vijay. Pinal Dave and Vijay Raj Renuka Prasad, a Microsoft MVP, impressed me with his passion and knowledge of SQL. Every time he gives me credit for his success, I believe that he is very humble. He has way more certifications than me and has worked many more years with SQL compared to me. He is an excellent photographer as well. Most of the photos in this blog post have been taken by him. I told him if ever he wants to do a part time job, he can do the photography very well. Pinal Dave and Renuka Prasad I also met L Srividya from Microsoft, whom I was looking forward to meet. She is a bundle of knowledge that everyone would surely learn a lot from her. I was able to get a few minutes from her and well, I felt confident. She enlightened me with SQL Server BI concepts, domain management and SQL Server security and few other interesting details. I also had a wonderful time talking about SharePoint with fellow Solid Quality Mentor Joy Rathnayake. He is very passionate about SharePoint but when you talk .NET and SQL with him, he is still overwhelmingly knowledgeable. In fact, while talking to him, I figured out that the recent training he delivered was on SQL Server 2008 R2. I told him a joke that it hurts my ego as he is more popular now in SQL training and consulting than me. I am sure all of you agree that working with good people is a gift from God. I am fortunate enough to work with the best of the best Industry experts. It was a great pleasure to hang out with my Community friends – Ahswin Kini, HimaBindu Vejella, Vasudev G, Suprotim Agrawal, Dhananjay, Vikram Pendse, Mahesh Dhola, Mahesh Mitkari,  Manu Zacharia, Shobhan, Hardik Shah, Ashish Mohta, Manan, Subodh Sohani and Sanjay Shetty (of course!) .  (Please let me know if I have met you at the event and forgot your name to list here). Time: 8:00 PM – onwards Community Leaders Dinner After lots of meetings, I headed towards the Community Leaders dinner meeting and met almost all the folks I met in morning. The discussion was almost the same but the real good thing was that we were enjoying it. The food was really good. Nupur was invited in the event, but Shaivi could not come. When Nupur tried to enter the event, she was stopped as Shaivi did not have the pass to enter the dinner. Nupur expressed that Shaivi is only 8 months old and does not eat outside food as well and could not stay by herself at this age, but the door keeper did not agree and asked that without the entry details Shaivi could not go in, but Nupur could. Nupur called me on phone and asked me to help her out. By the time, I was outside; the organizer of the event reached to the door and happily approved Shaivi to join the party. Once in the party, Shaivi had lots of fun meeting so many people. Shaivi Dave and Abhishek Kant Dean Guida (Infragistics President and CEO) and Pinal Dave (SQLAuthority.com) Day 3 – April 14, 2010 Though, it was last day, I was very much excited today as I was about to present my very favorite session. Query Optimization and Performance Tuning is my domain expertise and I make my leaving by consulting and training the same. Today’s session was on the same subject and as an additional twist, another subject about Spatial Database was presented. I was always intrigued with Spatial Database and I have enjoyed learning about it; however, I have never thought about Spatial Indexing before it was decided that I will do this session. I really thank Solid Quality Mentor Dr. Greg Low for his assistance in helping me prepare the slide deck and also review the content. Furthermore, today was really what I call my ‘learning day’ . So far I had not attended any session in TechEd and I felt a bit down for that. Everybody spends their valuable time & money to learn something new and exciting in TechEd and I had not attended a single session at the moment thinking that it was already last day of the event. I did have a plan for the day and I attended two technical sessions before my session of spatial database. I attended 2 sessions of Vinod Kumar. Vinod is a natural storyteller and there was no doubt that his sessions would be jam-packed. People attended his sessions simply because Vinod is syhe speaker. He did not have a single time disappointed audience; he is truly a good speaker. He knows his stuff very well. I personally do not think that in India he can be compared to anyone for SQL. Time: 12:30pm-1:30pm SQL Server Query Optimization, Execution and Debugging Query Performance I really had a fun time attending this session. Vinod made this session very interactive. The entire audience really got into the presentation and started participating in the event. Vinod was presenting a small problem with Query Tuning, which any developer would have encountered and solved with their help in such a fashion that a developer feels he or she have already resolved it. In one question, I was the only one who was ready to answer and Vinod told me in a light tone that I am now allowed to answer it! The audience really found it very amusing. There was a huge crowd around Vinod after the session. Vinod – A master storyteller! Time: 3:45pm-4:45pm Data Recovery / consistency with CheckDB This session was much heavier than the earlier one, and I must say this is my most favorite session I EVER attended in India. In this TechEd I have only attended two sessions, but in my career, I have attended numerous technical sessions not only in India, but all over the world. This session had taken my breath away. One by one, Vinod took the different databases, and started to corrupt them in different ways. Each database has some unique ways to get corrupted. Once that was done, Vinod started to show the DBCC CEHCKDB and demonstrated how it can solve your problem. He finally fixed all the databases with this single tool. I do have a good knowledge of this subject, but let me honestly admit that I have learned a lot from this session. I enjoyed and cheered during this session along with other attendees. I had total satisfaction that, just like everyone, I took advantage of the event and learned something. I am now TECHnically EDucated. Pinal Dave and Vinod Kumar After two very interactive and informative SQL Sessions from Vinod Kumar, the next turn me presenting on Spatial Database and Indexing. I got once again nervous but Vinod told me to stay natural and do my presentation. Well, once I got a huge stage with a total of four projectors and a large crowd, I felt better. Time: 5:00pm-6:00pm Session 3: Developing with SQL Server Spatial and Deep Dive into Spatial Indexing Pinal Presenting session at TechEd India 2010 Pinal Presenting session at TechEd India 2010 I kicked off this session with Michael J Swart‘s beautiful spatial image. This session was the last one for the day but, to my surprise, I had more than 200+ attendees. Slowly, the rain was starting outside and I was worried that the hall would not be full; despite this, there was not a single seat available in the first five minutes of the session. Thanks to all of you for attending my presentation. I had demonstrated the map of world (and India) and quickly explained what  Geographic and Geometry data types in Spatial Database are. This session had interesting story of Indexing and Comparison, as well as how different traditional indexes are from spatial indexing. Pinal Presenting session at TechEd India 2010 Due to the heavy rain during this event, the power went off for about 22 minutes (just an accident – nobodies fault). During these minutes, there were no audio, no video and no light. I continued to address the mass of 200+ people without any audio device and PowerPoint. I must thank the audience because not a single person left from the session. They all stayed in their place, some moved closure to listen to me properly. I noticed that the curiosity and eagerness to learn new things was at the peak even though it was the very last session of the TechEd. Everybody wanted get the maximum knowledge out of this whole event. I was touched by the support from audience. They listened and participated in my session even without any kinds of technology (no ppt, no mike, no AC, nothing). During these 22 minutes, I had completed my theory verbally. Pinal Presenting session at TechEd India 2010 After a while, we got the projector back online and we continued with some exciting demos. Many thanks to Microsoft people who worked energetically in background to get the backup power for project up. I had a very interesting demo wherein I overlaid Bangalore and Hyderabad on the India Map and find their aerial distance between them. After finding the aerial distance, we browsed online and found that SQL Server estimates the exact aerial distance between these two cities, as compared to the factual distance. There was a huge applause from the crowd on the subject that SQL Server takes into the count of the curvature of the earth and finds the precise distances based on details. During the process of finding the distance, I demonstrated a few examples of the indexes where I expressed how one can use those indexes to find these distances and how they can improve the performance of similar query. I also demonstrated few examples wherein we were able to see in which data type the Index is most useful. We finished the demos with a few more internal stuff. Pinal Presenting session at TechEd India 2010 Despite all issues, I was mostly satisfied with my presentation. I think it was the best session I have ever presented at any conference. There was no help from Technology for a while, but I still got lots of appreciation at the end. When we ended the session, the applause from the audience was so loud that for a moment, the rain was not audible. I was truly moved by the dedication of the Technology enthusiasts. Pinal Dave After Presenting session at TechEd India 2010 The abstract of the session is as follows: The Microsoft SQL Server 2008 delivers new spatial data types that enable you to consume, use, and extend location-based data through spatial-enabled applications. Attend this session to learn how to use spatial functionality in next version of SQL Server to build and optimize spatial queries. This session outlines the new geography data type to store geodetic spatial data and perform operations on it, use the new geometry data type to store planar spatial data and perform operations on it, take advantage of new spatial indexes for high performance queries, use the new spatial results tab to quickly and easily view spatial query results directly from within Management Studio, extend spatial data capabilities by building or integrating location-enabled applications through support for spatial standards and specifications and much more. Time: 8:00 PM – onwards Dinner by Sponsors After the lively session during the day, there was another dinner party courtesy of one of the sponsors of TechEd. All the MVPs and several Community leaders were present at the dinner. I would like to express my gratitude to Abhishek Kant for organizing this wonderful event for us. It was a blast and really relaxing in all angles. We all stayed there for a long time and talked about our sweet and unforgettable memories of the event. Pinal Dave and Bijoy Singhal It was really one wonderful event. After writing this much, I say that I have no words to express about how much I enjoyed TechEd. However, it is true that I shared with you only 1% of the total activities I have done at the event. There were so many people I have met, yet were not mentioned here although I wanted to write their names here, too . Anyway, I have learned so many things and up until now, I am not able to get over all the fun I had in this event. Pinal Dave at TechEd India 2010 The Next Days – April 15, 2010 – till today I am still not able to get my mind out of the whole experience I had at TechEd India 2010. It was like a whole Microsoft Family working together to celebrate a happy occasion. TechEd India – Truly An Unforgettable Experience! Reference : Pinal Dave (http://blog.SQLAuthority.com) Filed under: About Me, MVP, Pinal Dave, SQL, SQL Authority, SQL Query, SQL Server, SQL Tips and Tricks, SQLAuthority Author Visit, SQLAuthority News, SQLServer, T SQL, Technology Tagged: TechEd, TechEdIn

    Read the article

  • SQLAuthority News – TechEd India – April 12-14, 2010 Bangalore – An Unforgettable Experience – An Op

    - by pinaldave
    TechEd India was one of the largest Technology events in India led by Microsoft. This event was attended by more than 3,000 technology enthusiasts, making it one of the most well-organized events of the year. Though I attempted to attend almost all the technology events here, I have not seen any bigger or better event in Indian subcontinents other than this. There are 21 Technical Tracks at Tech·Ed India 2010 that span more than 745 learning opportunities. I was fortunate enough to be a part of this whole event as a speaker and a delegate, as well. TechEd India Speaker Badge and A Token of Lifetime Hotel Selection I presented three different sessions at TechEd India and was also a part of panel discussion. (The details of the sessions are given at the end of this blog post.) Due to extensive traveling, I stay away from my family occasionally. For this reason, I took my wife – Nupur and daughter Shaivi (8 months old) to the event along with me. We stayed at the same hotel where the event was organized so as to maximize my time bonding with my family and to have more time in networking with technology community, at the same time. The hotel Lalit Ashok is the largest and most luxurious venue one can find in Bangalore, located in the middle of the city. The cost of the hotel was a bit pricey, but looking at all the advantages, I had decided to ask for a booking there. Hotel Lalit Ashok Nupur Dave and Shaivi Dave Arrival Day – DAY 0 – April 11, 2010 I reached the event a day earlier, and that was one wise decision for I was able to relax a bit and go over my presentation for the next day’s course. I am a kind of person who likes to get everything ready ahead of time. I was also able to enjoy a pleasant evening with several Microsoft employees and my family friends. I even checked out the location where I would be doing presentations the next day. I was fortunate enough to meet Bijoy Singhal from Microsoft who helped me out with a few of the logistics issues that occured the day before. I was not aware of the fact that the very next day he was going to be “The Man” of the TechEd 2010 event. Vinod Kumar from Microsoft was really very kind as he talked to me regarding my subsequent session. He gave me some suggestions which were really helpful that I was able to incorporate them during my presentation. Finally, I was able to meet Abhishek Kant from Microsoft; his valuable suggestions and unlimited passion have inspired many people like me to work with the Community. Pradipta from Microsoft was also around, being extremely busy with logistics; however, in those busy times, he did find some good spare time to have a chat with me and the other Community leaders. I also met Harish Ranganathan and Sachin Rathi, both from Microsoft. It was so interesting to listen to both of them talking about SharePoint. I just have no words to express my overwhelmed spirit because of all these passionate young guys - Pradipta,Vinod, Bijoy, Harish, Sachin and Ahishek (of course!). Map of TechEd India 2010 Event Day 1 – April 12, 2010 From morning until night time, today was truly a very busy day for me. I had two presentations and one panel discussion for the day. Needless to say, I had a few meetings to attend as well. The day started with a keynote from S. Somaseger where he announced the launch of Visual Studio 2010. The keynote area was really eye-catching because of the very large, bigger-than- life uniform screen. This was truly one to show. The title music of the keynote was very interesting and it featured Bijoy Singhal as the model. It was interesting to talk to him afterwards, when we laughed at jokes together about his modeling assignment. TechEd India Keynote Opening Featuring Bijoy TechEd India 2010 Keynote – S. Somasegar Time: 11:15pm – 11:45pm Session 1: True Lies of SQL Server – SQL Myth Buster Following the excellent keynote, I had my very first session on the subject of SQL Server Myth Buster. At first, I was a bit nervous as right after the keynote, for this was my very first session and during my presentation I saw lots of Microsoft Product Team members. Well, it really went well and I had a really good discussion with attendees of the session. I felt that a well begin was half-done and my confidence was regained. Right after the session, I met a few of my Community friends and had meaningful discussions with them on many subjects. The abstract of the session is as follows: In this 30-minute demo session, I am going to briefly demonstrate few SQL Server Myths and their resolutions as I back them up with some demo. This demo presentation is a must-attend for all developers and administrators who would come to the event. This is going to be a very quick yet fun session. Pinal Presenting session at TechEd India 2010 Time: 1:00 PM – 2:00 PM Lunch with Somasegar After the session I went to see my daughter, and then I headed right away to the lunch with S. Somasegar – the keynote speaker and senior vice president of the Developer Division at Microsoft. I really thank to Abhishek who made it possible for us. Because of his efforts, all the MVPs had the opportunity to meet such a legendary person and had to talk with them on Microsoft Technology. Though Somasegar is currently holding such a high position in Microsoft, he is very polite and a real gentleman, and how I wish that everybody in industry is like him. Believe me, if you spread love and kindness, then that is what you will receive back. As soon as lunch time was over, I ran to the session hall as my second presentation was about to start. Time: 2:30pm – 3:30pm Session 2: Master Data Services in Microsoft SQL Server 2008 R2 Business Intelligence is a subject which was widely talked about at TechEd. Everybody was interested in this subject, and I did not excuse myself from this great concept as well. I consider myself fortunate as I was presenting on the subject of Master Data Services at TechEd. When I had initially learned this subject, I had a bit of confusion about the usage of this tool. Later on, I decided that I would tackle about how we all developers and DBAs are not able to understand something so simple such as this, and even worst, creating confusion about the technology. During system designing, it is very important to have a reference material or master lookup tables. Well, I talked about the same subject and presented the session keeping that as my center talk. The session went very well and I received lots of interesting questions. I got many compliments for talking about this subject on the real-life scenario. I really thank Rushabh Mehta (CEO, Solid Quality Mentors India) for his supportive suggestions that helped me prepare the slide deck, as well as the subject. Pinal Presenting session at TechEd India 2010 The abstract of the session is as follows: SQL Server Master Data Services will ship with SQL Server 2008 R2 and will improve Microsoft’s platform appeal. This session provides an in-depth demonstration of MDS features and highlights important usage scenarios. Master Data Services enables consistent decision-making process by allowing you to create, manage and propagate changes from a single master view of your business entities. Also, MDS – Master Data-hub which is a vital component, helps ensure the consistency of reporting across systems and deliver faster and more accurate results across the enterprise. We will talk about establishing the basis for a centralized approach to defining, deploying, and managing master data in the enterprise. Pinal Presenting session at TechEd India 2010 The day was still not over for me. I had ran into several friends but we were not able keep our enthusiasm under control about all the rumors saying that SQL Server 2008 R2 was about to be launched tomorrow in the keynote. I then ran to my third and final technical event for the day- a panel discussion with the top technologies of India. Time: 5:00pm – 6:00pm Panel Discussion: Harness the power of Web – SEO and Technical Blogging As I have delivered two technical sessions by this time, I was a bit tired but  not less enthusiastic when I had to talk about Blog and Technology. We discussed many different topics there. I told them that the most important aspect for any blog is its content. We discussed in depth the issues with plagiarism and how to avoid it. Another topic of discussion was how we technology bloggers can create awareness in the Community about what the right kind of blogging is and what morally and technically wrong acts are. A couple of questions were raised about what type of liberty a person can have in terms of writing blogs. Well, it was generically agreed that a blog is mainly a representation of our ideas and thoughts; it should not be governed by external entities. As long as one is writing what they really want to say, but not providing incorrect information or not practicing plagiarism, a blogger should be allowed to express himself. This panel discussion was supposed to be over in an hour, but the interest of the participants was remarkable and so it was extended for 30 minutes more. Finally, we decided to bring to a close the discussion and agreed that we will continue the topic next year. TechEd India Panel Discussion on Web, Technology and SEO Surprisingly, the day was just beginning after doing all of these. By this time, I have almost met all the MVP who arrived at the event, as well as many Microsoft employees. There were lots of Community folks present, too. I decided that I would go to meet several friends from the Community and continue to communicate with me on SQLAuthority.com. I also met Abhishek Baxi and had a good talk with him regarding Win Mobile and Twitter. He also took a very quick video of me wherein I spoke in my mother’s tongue, Gujarati. It was funny that I talked in Gujarati almost all the day, but when I was talking in the interview I could not find the right Gujarati words to speak. I think we all think in English when we think about Technology, so as to address universality. After meeting them, I headed towards the Speakers’ Dinner. Time: 8:00 PM – onwards Speakers Dinner The Speakers’ dinner was indeed a wonderful opportunity for all the speakers to get together and relax. We talked so many different things, from XBOX to Hindi Movies, and from SQL to Samosas. I just could not express how much fun I had. After a long evening, when I returned tmy room and met Shaivi, I just felt instantly relaxed. Kids are really gifts from God. Today was a really long but exciting day. So many things happened in just one day: Visual Studio Lanch, lunch with Somasegar, 2 technical sessions, 1 panel discussion, community leaders meeting, speakers dinner and, last but not leas,t playing with my child! A perfect day! Day 2 – April 13, 2010 Today started with a bang with the excellent keynote by Kamal Hathi who launched SQL Server 2008 R2 in India and demonstrated the power of PowerPivot to all of us. 101 Million Rows in Excel brought lots of applause from the audience. Kamal Hathi Presenting Keynote at TechEd India 2010 The day was a bit easier one for me. I had no sessions today and no events planned. I had a few meetings planned for the second day of the event. I sat in the speaker’s lounge for half a day and met many people there. I attended nearly 9 different meetings today. The subjects of the meetings were very different. Here is a list of the topics of the Community-related meetings: SQL PASS and its involvement in India and subcontinents How to start community blogging Forums and developing aptitude towards technology Ahmedabad/Gandhinagar User Groups and their developments SharePoint and SQL Business Meeting – a client meeting Business Meeting – a potential performance tuning project Business Meeting – Solid Quality Mentors (SolidQ) And family friends Pinal Dave at TechEd India The day passed by so quickly during this meeting. In the evening, I headed to Partners Expo with friends and checked out few of the booths. I really wanted to talk about some of the products, but due to the freebies there was so much crowd that I finally decided to just take the contact details of the partner. I will now start sending them with my queries and, hopefully, I will have my questions answered. Nupur and Shaivi had also one meeting to attend; it was with our family friend Vijay Raj. Vijay is also a person who loves Technology and loves it more than anybody. I see him growing and learning every day, but still remaining as a ‘human’. I believe that if someone acquires as much knowledge as him, that person will become either a computer or cyborg. Here, Vijay is still a kind gentleman and is able to stay as our close family friend. Shaivi was really happy to play with Uncle Vijay. Pinal Dave and Vijay Raj Renuka Prasad, a Microsoft MVP, impressed me with his passion and knowledge of SQL. Every time he gives me credit for his success, I believe that he is very humble. He has way more certifications than me and has worked many more years with SQL compared to me. He is an excellent photographer as well. Most of the photos in this blog post have been taken by him. I told him if ever he wants to do a part time job, he can do the photography very well. Pinal Dave and Renuka Prasad I also met L Srividya from Microsoft, whom I was looking forward to meet. She is a bundle of knowledge that everyone would surely learn a lot from her. I was able to get a few minutes from her and well, I felt confident. She enlightened me with SQL Server BI concepts, domain management and SQL Server security and few other interesting details. I also had a wonderful time talking about SharePoint with fellow Solid Quality Mentor Joy Rathnayake. He is very passionate about SharePoint but when you talk .NET and SQL with him, he is still overwhelmingly knowledgeable. In fact, while talking to him, I figured out that the recent training he delivered was on SQL Server 2008 R2. I told him a joke that it hurts my ego as he is more popular now in SQL training and consulting than me. I am sure all of you agree that working with good people is a gift from God. I am fortunate enough to work with the best of the best Industry experts. It was a great pleasure to hang out with my Community friends – Ahswin Kini, HimaBindu Vejella, Vasudev G, Suprotim Agrawal, Dhananjay, Vikram Pendse, Mahesh Dhola, Mahesh Mitkari,  Manu Zacharia, Shobhan, Hardik Shah, Ashish Mohta, Manan, Subodh Sohani and Sanjay Shetty (of course!) .  (Please let me know if I have met you at the event and forgot your name to list here). Time: 8:00 PM – onwards Community Leaders Dinner After lots of meetings, I headed towards the Community Leaders dinner meeting and met almost all the folks I met in morning. The discussion was almost the same but the real good thing was that we were enjoying it. The food was really good. Nupur was invited in the event, but Shaivi could not come. When Nupur tried to enter the event, she was stopped as Shaivi did not have the pass to enter the dinner. Nupur expressed that Shaivi is only 8 months old and does not eat outside food as well and could not stay by herself at this age, but the door keeper did not agree and asked that without the entry details Shaivi could not go in, but Nupur could. Nupur called me on phone and asked me to help her out. By the time, I was outside; the organizer of the event reached to the door and happily approved Shaivi to join the party. Once in the party, Shaivi had lots of fun meeting so many people. Shaivi Dave and Abhishek Kant Dean Guida (Infragistics President and CEO) and Pinal Dave (SQLAuthority.com) Day 3 – April 14, 2010 Though, it was last day, I was very much excited today as I was about to present my very favorite session. Query Optimization and Performance Tuning is my domain expertise and I make my leaving by consulting and training the same. Today’s session was on the same subject and as an additional twist, another subject about Spatial Database was presented. I was always intrigued with Spatial Database and I have enjoyed learning about it; however, I have never thought about Spatial Indexing before it was decided that I will do this session. I really thank Solid Quality Mentor Dr. Greg Low for his assistance in helping me prepare the slide deck and also review the content. Furthermore, today was really what I call my ‘learning day’ . So far I had not attended any session in TechEd and I felt a bit down for that. Everybody spends their valuable time & money to learn something new and exciting in TechEd and I had not attended a single session at the moment thinking that it was already last day of the event. I did have a plan for the day and I attended two technical sessions before my session of spatial database. I attended 2 sessions of Vinod Kumar. Vinod is a natural storyteller and there was no doubt that his sessions would be jam-packed. People attended his sessions simply because Vinod is syhe speaker. He did not have a single time disappointed audience; he is truly a good speaker. He knows his stuff very well. I personally do not think that in India he can be compared to anyone for SQL. Time: 12:30pm-1:30pm SQL Server Query Optimization, Execution and Debugging Query Performance I really had a fun time attending this session. Vinod made this session very interactive. The entire audience really got into the presentation and started participating in the event. Vinod was presenting a small problem with Query Tuning, which any developer would have encountered and solved with their help in such a fashion that a developer feels he or she have already resolved it. In one question, I was the only one who was ready to answer and Vinod told me in a light tone that I am now allowed to answer it! The audience really found it very amusing. There was a huge crowd around Vinod after the session. Vinod – A master storyteller! Time: 3:45pm-4:45pm Data Recovery / consistency with CheckDB This session was much heavier than the earlier one, and I must say this is my most favorite session I EVER attended in India. In this TechEd I have only attended two sessions, but in my career, I have attended numerous technical sessions not only in India, but all over the world. This session had taken my breath away. One by one, Vinod took the different databases, and started to corrupt them in different ways. Each database has some unique ways to get corrupted. Once that was done, Vinod started to show the DBCC CEHCKDB and demonstrated how it can solve your problem. He finally fixed all the databases with this single tool. I do have a good knowledge of this subject, but let me honestly admit that I have learned a lot from this session. I enjoyed and cheered during this session along with other attendees. I had total satisfaction that, just like everyone, I took advantage of the event and learned something. I am now TECHnically EDucated. Pinal Dave and Vinod Kumar After two very interactive and informative SQL Sessions from Vinod Kumar, the next turn me presenting on Spatial Database and Indexing. I got once again nervous but Vinod told me to stay natural and do my presentation. Well, once I got a huge stage with a total of four projectors and a large crowd, I felt better. Time: 5:00pm-6:00pm Session 3: Developing with SQL Server Spatial and Deep Dive into Spatial Indexing Pinal Presenting session at TechEd India 2010 Pinal Presenting session at TechEd India 2010 I kicked off this session with Michael J Swart‘s beautiful spatial image. This session was the last one for the day but, to my surprise, I had more than 200+ attendees. Slowly, the rain was starting outside and I was worried that the hall would not be full; despite this, there was not a single seat available in the first five minutes of the session. Thanks to all of you for attending my presentation. I had demonstrated the map of world (and India) and quickly explained what  Geographic and Geometry data types in Spatial Database are. This session had interesting story of Indexing and Comparison, as well as how different traditional indexes are from spatial indexing. Pinal Presenting session at TechEd India 2010 Due to the heavy rain during this event, the power went off for about 22 minutes (just an accident – nobodies fault). During these minutes, there were no audio, no video and no light. I continued to address the mass of 200+ people without any audio device and PowerPoint. I must thank the audience because not a single person left from the session. They all stayed in their place, some moved closure to listen to me properly. I noticed that the curiosity and eagerness to learn new things was at the peak even though it was the very last session of the TechEd. Everybody wanted get the maximum knowledge out of this whole event. I was touched by the support from audience. They listened and participated in my session even without any kinds of technology (no ppt, no mike, no AC, nothing). During these 22 minutes, I had completed my theory verbally. Pinal Presenting session at TechEd India 2010 After a while, we got the projector back online and we continued with some exciting demos. Many thanks to Microsoft people who worked energetically in background to get the backup power for project up. I had a very interesting demo wherein I overlaid Bangalore and Hyderabad on the India Map and find their aerial distance between them. After finding the aerial distance, we browsed online and found that SQL Server estimates the exact aerial distance between these two cities, as compared to the factual distance. There was a huge applause from the crowd on the subject that SQL Server takes into the count of the curvature of the earth and finds the precise distances based on details. During the process of finding the distance, I demonstrated a few examples of the indexes where I expressed how one can use those indexes to find these distances and how they can improve the performance of similar query. I also demonstrated few examples wherein we were able to see in which data type the Index is most useful. We finished the demos with a few more internal stuff. Pinal Presenting session at TechEd India 2010 Despite all issues, I was mostly satisfied with my presentation. I think it was the best session I have ever presented at any conference. There was no help from Technology for a while, but I still got lots of appreciation at the end. When we ended the session, the applause from the audience was so loud that for a moment, the rain was not audible. I was truly moved by the dedication of the Technology enthusiasts. Pinal Dave After Presenting session at TechEd India 2010 The abstract of the session is as follows: The Microsoft SQL Server 2008 delivers new spatial data types that enable you to consume, use, and extend location-based data through spatial-enabled applications. Attend this session to learn how to use spatial functionality in next version of SQL Server to build and optimize spatial queries. This session outlines the new geography data type to store geodetic spatial data and perform operations on it, use the new geometry data type to store planar spatial data and perform operations on it, take advantage of new spatial indexes for high performance queries, use the new spatial results tab to quickly and easily view spatial query results directly from within Management Studio, extend spatial data capabilities by building or integrating location-enabled applications through support for spatial standards and specifications and much more. Time: 8:00 PM – onwards Dinner by Sponsors After the lively session during the day, there was another dinner party courtesy of one of the sponsors of TechEd. All the MVPs and several Community leaders were present at the dinner. I would like to express my gratitude to Abhishek Kant for organizing this wonderful event for us. It was a blast and really relaxing in all angles. We all stayed there for a long time and talked about our sweet and unforgettable memories of the event. Pinal Dave and Bijoy Singhal It was really one wonderful event. After writing this much, I say that I have no words to express about how much I enjoyed TechEd. However, it is true that I shared with you only 1% of the total activities I have done at the event. There were so many people I have met, yet were not mentioned here although I wanted to write their names here, too . Anyway, I have learned so many things and up until now, I am not able to get over all the fun I had in this event. Pinal Dave at TechEd India 2010 The Next Days – April 15, 2010 – till today I am still not able to get my mind out of the whole experience I had at TechEd India 2010. It was like a whole Microsoft Family working together to celebrate a happy occasion. TechEd India – Truly An Unforgettable Experience! Reference : Pinal Dave (http://blog.SQLAuthority.com) Filed under: About Me, MVP, Pinal Dave, SQL, SQL Authority, SQL Query, SQL Server, SQL Tips and Tricks, SQLAuthority Author Visit, SQLAuthority News, SQLServer, T SQL, Technology Tagged: TechEd, TechEdIn

    Read the article

  • Node.js Adventure - When Node Flying in Wind

    - by Shaun
    In the first post of this series I mentioned some popular modules in the community, such as underscore, async, etc.. I also listed a module named “Wind (zh-CN)”, which is created by one of my friend, Jeff Zhao (zh-CN). Now I would like to use a separated post to introduce this module since I feel it brings a new async programming style in not only Node.js but JavaScript world. If you know or heard about the new feature in C# 5.0 called “async and await”, or you learnt F#, you will find the “Wind” brings the similar async programming experience in JavaScript. By using “Wind”, we can write async code that looks like the sync code. The callbacks, async stats and exceptions will be handled by “Wind” automatically and transparently.   What’s the Problem: Dense “Callback” Phobia Let’s firstly back to my second post in this series. As I mentioned in that post, when we wanted to read some records from SQL Server we need to open the database connection, and then execute the query. In Node.js all IO operation are designed as async callback pattern which means when the operation was done, it will invoke a function which was taken from the last parameter. For example the database connection opening code would be like this. 1: sql.open(connectionString, function(error, conn) { 2: if(error) { 3: // some error handling code 4: } 5: else { 6: // connection opened successfully 7: } 8: }); And then if we need to query the database the code would be like this. It nested in the previous function. 1: sql.open(connectionString, function(error, conn) { 2: if(error) { 3: // some error handling code 4: } 5: else { 6: // connection opened successfully 7: conn.queryRaw(command, function(error, results) { 8: if(error) { 9: // failed to execute this command 10: } 11: else { 12: // records retrieved successfully 13: } 14: }; 15: } 16: }); Assuming if we need to copy some data from this database to another then we need to open another connection and execute the command within the function under the query function. 1: sql.open(connectionString, function(error, conn) { 2: if(error) { 3: // some error handling code 4: } 5: else { 6: // connection opened successfully 7: conn.queryRaw(command, function(error, results) { 8: if(error) { 9: // failed to execute this command 10: } 11: else { 12: // records retrieved successfully 13: target.open(targetConnectionString, function(error, t_conn) { 14: if(error) { 15: // connect failed 16: } 17: else { 18: t_conn.queryRaw(copy_command, function(error, results) { 19: if(error) { 20: // copy failed 21: } 22: else { 23: // and then, what do you want to do now... 24: } 25: }; 26: } 27: }; 28: } 29: }; 30: } 31: }); This is just an example. In the real project the logic would be more complicated. This means our application might be messed up and the business process will be fragged by many callback functions. I would like call this “Dense Callback Phobia”. This might be a challenge how to make code straightforward and easy to read, something like below. 1: try 2: { 3: // open source connection 4: var s_conn = sqlConnect(s_connectionString); 5: // retrieve data 6: var results = sqlExecuteCommand(s_conn, s_command); 7: 8: // open target connection 9: var t_conn = sqlConnect(t_connectionString); 10: // prepare the copy command 11: var t_command = getCopyCommand(results); 12: // execute the copy command 13: sqlExecuteCommand(s_conn, t_command); 14: } 15: catch (ex) 16: { 17: // error handling 18: }   What’s the Problem: Sync-styled Async Programming Similar as the previous problem, the callback-styled async programming model makes the upcoming operation as a part of the current operation, and mixed with the error handling code. So it’s very hard to understand what on earth this code will do. And since Node.js utilizes non-blocking IO mode, we cannot invoke those operations one by one, as they will be executed concurrently. For example, in this post when I tried to copy the records from Windows Azure SQL Database (a.k.a. WASD) to Windows Azure Table Storage, if I just insert the data into table storage one by one and then print the “Finished” message, I will see the message shown before the data had been copied. This is because all operations were executed at the same time. In order to make the copy operation and print operation executed synchronously I introduced a module named “async” and the code was changed as below. 1: async.forEach(results.rows, 2: function (row, callback) { 3: var resource = { 4: "PartitionKey": row[1], 5: "RowKey": row[0], 6: "Value": row[2] 7: }; 8: client.insertEntity(tableName, resource, function (error) { 9: if (error) { 10: callback(error); 11: } 12: else { 13: console.log("entity inserted."); 14: callback(null); 15: } 16: }); 17: }, 18: function (error) { 19: if (error) { 20: error["target"] = "insertEntity"; 21: res.send(500, error); 22: } 23: else { 24: console.log("all done."); 25: res.send(200, "Done!"); 26: } 27: }); It ensured that the “Finished” message will be printed when all table entities had been inserted. But it cannot promise that the records will be inserted in sequence. It might be another challenge to make the code looks like in sync-style? 1: try 2: { 3: forEach(row in rows) { 4: var entity = { /* ... */ }; 5: tableClient.insert(tableName, entity); 6: } 7:  8: console.log("Finished"); 9: } 10: catch (ex) { 11: console.log(ex); 12: }   How “Wind” Helps “Wind” is a JavaScript library which provides the control flow with plain JavaScript for asynchronous programming (and more) without additional pre-compiling steps. It’s available in NPM so that we can install it through “npm install wind”. Now let’s create a very simple Node.js application as the example. This application will take some website URLs from the command arguments and tried to retrieve the body length and print them in console. Then at the end print “Finish”. I’m going to use “request” module to make the HTTP call simple so I also need to install by the command “npm install request”. The code would be like this. 1: var request = require("request"); 2:  3: // get the urls from arguments, the first two arguments are `node.exe` and `fetch.js` 4: var args = process.argv.splice(2); 5:  6: // main function 7: var main = function() { 8: for(var i = 0; i < args.length; i++) { 9: // get the url 10: var url = args[i]; 11: // send the http request and try to get the response and body 12: request(url, function(error, response, body) { 13: if(!error && response.statusCode == 200) { 14: // log the url and the body length 15: console.log( 16: "%s: %d.", 17: response.request.uri.href, 18: body.length); 19: } 20: else { 21: // log error 22: console.log(error); 23: } 24: }); 25: } 26: 27: // finished 28: console.log("Finished"); 29: }; 30:  31: // execute the main function 32: main(); Let’s execute this application. (I made them in multi-lines for better reading.) 1: node fetch.js 2: "http://www.igt.com/us-en.aspx" 3: "http://www.igt.com/us-en/games.aspx" 4: "http://www.igt.com/us-en/cabinets.aspx" 5: "http://www.igt.com/us-en/systems.aspx" 6: "http://www.igt.com/us-en/interactive.aspx" 7: "http://www.igt.com/us-en/social-gaming.aspx" 8: "http://www.igt.com/support.aspx" Below is the output. As you can see the finish message was printed at the beginning, and the pages’ length retrieved in a different order than we specified. This is because in this code the request command, console logging command are executed asynchronously and concurrently. Now let’s introduce “Wind” to make them executed in order, which means it will request the websites one by one, and print the message at the end.   First of all we need to import the “Wind” package and make sure the there’s only one global variant named “Wind”, and ensure it’s “Wind” instead of “wind”. 1: var Wind = require("wind");   Next, we need to tell “Wind” which code will be executed asynchronously so that “Wind” can control the execution process. In this case the “request” operation executed asynchronously so we will create a “Task” by using a build-in helps function in “Wind” named Wind.Async.Task.create. 1: var requestBodyLengthAsync = function(url) { 2: return Wind.Async.Task.create(function(t) { 3: request(url, function(error, response, body) { 4: if(error || response.statusCode != 200) { 5: t.complete("failure", error); 6: } 7: else { 8: var data = 9: { 10: uri: response.request.uri.href, 11: length: body.length 12: }; 13: t.complete("success", data); 14: } 15: }); 16: }); 17: }; The code above created a “Task” from the original request calling code. In “Wind” a “Task” means an operation will be finished in some time in the future. A “Task” can be started by invoke its start() method, but no one knows when it actually will be finished. The Wind.Async.Task.create helped us to create a task. The only parameter is a function where we can put the actual operation in, and then notify the task object it’s finished successfully or failed by using the complete() method. In the code above I invoked the request method. If it retrieved the response successfully I set the status of this task as “success” with the URL and body length. If it failed I set this task as “failure” and pass the error out.   Next, we will change the main() function. In “Wind” if we want a function can be controlled by Wind we need to mark it as “async”. This should be done by using the code below. 1: var main = eval(Wind.compile("async", function() { 2: })); When the application is running, Wind will detect “eval(Wind.compile(“async”, function” and generate an anonymous code from the body of this original function. Then the application will run the anonymous code instead of the original one. In our example the main function will be like this. 1: var main = eval(Wind.compile("async", function() { 2: for(var i = 0; i < args.length; i++) { 3: try 4: { 5: var result = $await(requestBodyLengthAsync(args[i])); 6: console.log( 7: "%s: %d.", 8: result.uri, 9: result.length); 10: } 11: catch (ex) { 12: console.log(ex); 13: } 14: } 15: 16: console.log("Finished"); 17: })); As you can see, when I tried to request the URL I use a new command named “$await”. It tells Wind, the operation next to $await will be executed asynchronously, and the main thread should be paused until it finished (or failed). So in this case, my application will be pause when the first response was received, and then print its body length, then try the next one. At the end, print the finish message.   Finally, execute the main function. The full code would be like this. 1: var request = require("request"); 2: var Wind = require("wind"); 3:  4: var args = process.argv.splice(2); 5:  6: var requestBodyLengthAsync = function(url) { 7: return Wind.Async.Task.create(function(t) { 8: request(url, function(error, response, body) { 9: if(error || response.statusCode != 200) { 10: t.complete("failure", error); 11: } 12: else { 13: var data = 14: { 15: uri: response.request.uri.href, 16: length: body.length 17: }; 18: t.complete("success", data); 19: } 20: }); 21: }); 22: }; 23:  24: var main = eval(Wind.compile("async", function() { 25: for(var i = 0; i < args.length; i++) { 26: try 27: { 28: var result = $await(requestBodyLengthAsync(args[i])); 29: console.log( 30: "%s: %d.", 31: result.uri, 32: result.length); 33: } 34: catch (ex) { 35: console.log(ex); 36: } 37: } 38: 39: console.log("Finished"); 40: })); 41:  42: main().start();   Run our new application. At the beginning we will see the compiled and generated code by Wind. Then we can see the pages were requested one by one, and at the end the finish message was printed. Below is the code Wind generated for us. As you can see the original code, the output code were shown. 1: // Original: 2: function () { 3: for(var i = 0; i < args.length; i++) { 4: try 5: { 6: var result = $await(requestBodyLengthAsync(args[i])); 7: console.log( 8: "%s: %d.", 9: result.uri, 10: result.length); 11: } 12: catch (ex) { 13: console.log(ex); 14: } 15: } 16: 17: console.log("Finished"); 18: } 19:  20: // Compiled: 21: /* async << function () { */ (function () { 22: var _builder_$0 = Wind.builders["async"]; 23: return _builder_$0.Start(this, 24: _builder_$0.Combine( 25: _builder_$0.Delay(function () { 26: /* var i = 0; */ var i = 0; 27: /* for ( */ return _builder_$0.For(function () { 28: /* ; i < args.length */ return i < args.length; 29: }, function () { 30: /* ; i ++) { */ i ++; 31: }, 32: /* try { */ _builder_$0.Try( 33: _builder_$0.Delay(function () { 34: /* var result = $await(requestBodyLengthAsync(args[i])); */ return _builder_$0.Bind(requestBodyLengthAsync(args[i]), function (result) { 35: /* console.log("%s: %d.", result.uri, result.length); */ console.log("%s: %d.", result.uri, result.length); 36: return _builder_$0.Normal(); 37: }); 38: }), 39: /* } catch (ex) { */ function (ex) { 40: /* console.log(ex); */ console.log(ex); 41: return _builder_$0.Normal(); 42: /* } */ }, 43: null 44: ) 45: /* } */ ); 46: }), 47: _builder_$0.Delay(function () { 48: /* console.log("Finished"); */ console.log("Finished"); 49: return _builder_$0.Normal(); 50: }) 51: ) 52: ); 53: /* } */ })   How Wind Works Someone may raise a big concern when you find I utilized “eval” in my code. Someone may assume that Wind utilizes “eval” to execute some code dynamically while “eval” is very low performance. But I would say, Wind does NOT use “eval” to run the code. It only use “eval” as a flag to know which code should be compiled at runtime. When the code was firstly been executed, Wind will check and find “eval(Wind.compile(“async”, function”. So that it knows this function should be compiled. Then it utilized parse-js to analyze the inner JavaScript and generated the anonymous code in memory. Then it rewrite the original code so that when the application was running it will use the anonymous one instead of the original one. Since the code generation was done at the beginning of the application was started, in the future no matter how long our application runs and how many times the async function was invoked, it will use the generated code, no need to generate again. So there’s no significant performance hurt when using Wind.   Wind in My Previous Demo Let’s adopt Wind into one of my previous demonstration and to see how it helps us to make our code simple, straightforward and easy to read and understand. In this post when I implemented the functionality that copied the records from my WASD to table storage, the logic would be like this. 1, Open database connection. 2, Execute a query to select all records from the table. 3, Recreate the table in Windows Azure table storage. 4, Create entities from each of the records retrieved previously, and then insert them into table storage. 5, Finally, show message as the HTTP response. But as the image below, since there are so many callbacks and async operations, it’s very hard to understand my logic from the code. Now let’s use Wind to rewrite our code. First of all, of course, we need the Wind package. Then we need to include the package files into project and mark them as “Copy always”. Add the Wind package into the source code. Pay attention to the variant name, you must use “Wind” instead of “wind”. 1: var express = require("express"); 2: var async = require("async"); 3: var sql = require("node-sqlserver"); 4: var azure = require("azure"); 5: var Wind = require("wind"); Now we need to create some async functions by using Wind. All async functions should be wrapped so that it can be controlled by Wind which are open database, retrieve records, recreate table (delete and create) and insert entity in table. Below are these new functions. All of them are created by using Wind.Async.Task.create. 1: sql.openAsync = function (connectionString) { 2: return Wind.Async.Task.create(function (t) { 3: sql.open(connectionString, function (error, conn) { 4: if (error) { 5: t.complete("failure", error); 6: } 7: else { 8: t.complete("success", conn); 9: } 10: }); 11: }); 12: }; 13:  14: sql.queryAsync = function (conn, query) { 15: return Wind.Async.Task.create(function (t) { 16: conn.queryRaw(query, function (error, results) { 17: if (error) { 18: t.complete("failure", error); 19: } 20: else { 21: t.complete("success", results); 22: } 23: }); 24: }); 25: }; 26:  27: azure.recreateTableAsync = function (tableName) { 28: return Wind.Async.Task.create(function (t) { 29: client.deleteTable(tableName, function (error, successful, response) { 30: console.log("delete table finished"); 31: client.createTableIfNotExists(tableName, function (error, successful, response) { 32: console.log("create table finished"); 33: if (error) { 34: t.complete("failure", error); 35: } 36: else { 37: t.complete("success", null); 38: } 39: }); 40: }); 41: }); 42: }; 43:  44: azure.insertEntityAsync = function (tableName, entity) { 45: return Wind.Async.Task.create(function (t) { 46: client.insertEntity(tableName, entity, function (error, entity, response) { 47: if (error) { 48: t.complete("failure", error); 49: } 50: else { 51: t.complete("success", null); 52: } 53: }); 54: }); 55: }; Then in order to use these functions we will create a new function which contains all steps for data copying. 1: var copyRecords = eval(Wind.compile("async", function (req, res) { 2: try { 3: } 4: catch (ex) { 5: console.log(ex); 6: res.send(500, "Internal error."); 7: } 8: })); Let’s execute steps one by one with the “$await” keyword introduced by Wind so that it will be invoked in sequence. First is to open the database connection. 1: var copyRecords = eval(Wind.compile("async", function (req, res) { 2: try { 3: // connect to the windows azure sql database 4: var conn = $await(sql.openAsync(connectionString)); 5: console.log("connection opened"); 6: } 7: catch (ex) { 8: console.log(ex); 9: res.send(500, "Internal error."); 10: } 11: })); Then retrieve all records from the database connection. 1: var copyRecords = eval(Wind.compile("async", function (req, res) { 2: try { 3: // connect to the windows azure sql database 4: var conn = $await(sql.openAsync(connectionString)); 5: console.log("connection opened"); 6: // retrieve all records from database 7: var results = $await(sql.queryAsync(conn, "SELECT * FROM [Resource]")); 8: console.log("records selected. count = %d", results.rows.length); 9: } 10: catch (ex) { 11: console.log(ex); 12: res.send(500, "Internal error."); 13: } 14: })); After recreated the table, we need to create the entities and insert them into table storage. 1: var copyRecords = eval(Wind.compile("async", function (req, res) { 2: try { 3: // connect to the windows azure sql database 4: var conn = $await(sql.openAsync(connectionString)); 5: console.log("connection opened"); 6: // retrieve all records from database 7: var results = $await(sql.queryAsync(conn, "SELECT * FROM [Resource]")); 8: console.log("records selected. count = %d", results.rows.length); 9: if (results.rows.length > 0) { 10: // recreate the table 11: $await(azure.recreateTableAsync(tableName)); 12: console.log("table created"); 13: // insert records in table storage one by one 14: for (var i = 0; i < results.rows.length; i++) { 15: var entity = { 16: "PartitionKey": results.rows[i][1], 17: "RowKey": results.rows[i][0], 18: "Value": results.rows[i][2] 19: }; 20: $await(azure.insertEntityAsync(tableName, entity)); 21: console.log("entity inserted"); 22: } 23: } 24: } 25: catch (ex) { 26: console.log(ex); 27: res.send(500, "Internal error."); 28: } 29: })); Finally, send response back to the browser. 1: var copyRecords = eval(Wind.compile("async", function (req, res) { 2: try { 3: // connect to the windows azure sql database 4: var conn = $await(sql.openAsync(connectionString)); 5: console.log("connection opened"); 6: // retrieve all records from database 7: var results = $await(sql.queryAsync(conn, "SELECT * FROM [Resource]")); 8: console.log("records selected. count = %d", results.rows.length); 9: if (results.rows.length > 0) { 10: // recreate the table 11: $await(azure.recreateTableAsync(tableName)); 12: console.log("table created"); 13: // insert records in table storage one by one 14: for (var i = 0; i < results.rows.length; i++) { 15: var entity = { 16: "PartitionKey": results.rows[i][1], 17: "RowKey": results.rows[i][0], 18: "Value": results.rows[i][2] 19: }; 20: $await(azure.insertEntityAsync(tableName, entity)); 21: console.log("entity inserted"); 22: } 23: // send response 24: console.log("all done"); 25: res.send(200, "All done!"); 26: } 27: } 28: catch (ex) { 29: console.log(ex); 30: res.send(500, "Internal error."); 31: } 32: })); If we compared with the previous code we will find now it became more readable and much easy to understand. It’s very easy to know what this function does even though without any comments. When user go to URL “/was/copyRecords” we will execute the function above. The code would be like this. 1: app.get("/was/copyRecords", function (req, res) { 2: copyRecords(req, res).start(); 3: }); And below is the logs printed in local compute emulator console. As we can see the functions executed one by one and then finally the response back to me browser.   Scaffold Functions in Wind Wind provides not only the async flow control and compile functions, but many scaffold methods as well. We can build our async code more easily by using them. I’m going to introduce some basic scaffold functions here. In the code above I created some functions which wrapped from the original async function such as open database, create table, etc.. All of them are very similar, created a task by using Wind.Async.Task.create, return error or result object through Task.complete function. In fact, Wind provides some functions for us to create task object from the original async functions. If the original async function only has a callback parameter, we can use Wind.Async.Binding.fromCallback method to get the task object directly. For example the code below returned the task object which wrapped the file exist check function. 1: var Wind = require("wind"); 2: var fs = require("fs"); 3:  4: fs.existsAsync = Wind.Async.Binding.fromCallback(fs.exists); In Node.js a very popular async function pattern is that, the first parameter in the callback function represent the error object, and the other parameters is the return values. In this case we can use another build-in function in Wind named Wind.Async.Binding.fromStandard. For example, the open database function can be created from the code below. 1: sql.openAsync = Wind.Async.Binding.fromStandard(sql.open); 2:  3: /* 4: sql.openAsync = function (connectionString) { 5: return Wind.Async.Task.create(function (t) { 6: sql.open(connectionString, function (error, conn) { 7: if (error) { 8: t.complete("failure", error); 9: } 10: else { 11: t.complete("success", conn); 12: } 13: }); 14: }); 15: }; 16: */ When I was testing the scaffold functions under Wind.Async.Binding I found for some functions, such as the Azure SDK insert entity function, cannot be processed correctly. So I personally suggest writing the wrapped method manually.   Another scaffold method in Wind is the parallel tasks coordination. In this example, the steps of open database, retrieve records and recreated table should be invoked one by one, but it can be executed in parallel when copying data from database to table storage. In Wind there’s a scaffold function named Task.whenAll which can be used here. Task.whenAll accepts a list of tasks and creates a new task. It will be returned only when all tasks had been completed, or any errors occurred. For example in the code below I used the Task.whenAll to make all copy operation executed at the same time. 1: var copyRecordsInParallel = eval(Wind.compile("async", function (req, res) { 2: try { 3: // connect to the windows azure sql database 4: var conn = $await(sql.openAsync(connectionString)); 5: console.log("connection opened"); 6: // retrieve all records from database 7: var results = $await(sql.queryAsync(conn, "SELECT * FROM [Resource]")); 8: console.log("records selected. count = %d", results.rows.length); 9: if (results.rows.length > 0) { 10: // recreate the table 11: $await(azure.recreateTableAsync(tableName)); 12: console.log("table created"); 13: // insert records in table storage in parallal 14: var tasks = new Array(results.rows.length); 15: for (var i = 0; i < results.rows.length; i++) { 16: var entity = { 17: "PartitionKey": results.rows[i][1], 18: "RowKey": results.rows[i][0], 19: "Value": results.rows[i][2] 20: }; 21: tasks[i] = azure.insertEntityAsync(tableName, entity); 22: } 23: $await(Wind.Async.Task.whenAll(tasks)); 24: // send response 25: console.log("all done"); 26: res.send(200, "All done!"); 27: } 28: } 29: catch (ex) { 30: console.log(ex); 31: res.send(500, "Internal error."); 32: } 33: })); 34:  35: app.get("/was/copyRecordsInParallel", function (req, res) { 36: copyRecordsInParallel(req, res).start(); 37: });   Besides the task creation and coordination, Wind supports the cancellation solution so that we can send the cancellation signal to the tasks. It also includes exception solution which means any exceptions will be reported to the caller function.   Summary In this post I introduced a Node.js module named Wind, which created by my friend Jeff Zhao. As you can see, different from other async library and framework, adopted the idea from F# and C#, Wind utilizes runtime code generation technology to make it more easily to write async, callback-based functions in a sync-style way. By using Wind there will be almost no callback, and the code will be very easy to understand. Currently Wind is still under developed and improved. There might be some problems but the author, Jeff, should be very happy and enthusiastic to learn your problems, feedback, suggestion and comments. You can contact Jeff by - Email: [email protected] - Group: https://groups.google.com/d/forum/windjs - GitHub: https://github.com/JeffreyZhao/wind/issues   Source code can be download here.   Hope this helps, Shaun All documents and related graphics, codes are provided "AS IS" without warranty of any kind. Copyright © Shaun Ziyan Xu. This work is licensed under the Creative Commons License.

    Read the article

  • A way of doing real-world test-driven development (and some thoughts about it)

    - by Thomas Weller
    Lately, I exchanged some arguments with Derick Bailey about some details of the red-green-refactor cycle of the Test-driven development process. In short, the issue revolved around the fact that it’s not enough to have a test red or green, but it’s also important to have it red or green for the right reasons. While for me, it’s sufficient to initially have a NotImplementedException in place, Derick argues that this is not totally correct (see these two posts: Red/Green/Refactor, For The Right Reasons and Red For The Right Reason: Fail By Assertion, Not By Anything Else). And he’s right. But on the other hand, I had no idea how his insights could have any practical consequence for my own individual interpretation of the red-green-refactor cycle (which is not really red-green-refactor, at least not in its pure sense, see the rest of this article). This made me think deeply for some days now. In the end I found out that the ‘right reason’ changes in my understanding depending on what development phase I’m in. To make this clear (at least I hope it becomes clear…) I started to describe my way of working in some detail, and then something strange happened: The scope of the article slightly shifted from focusing ‘only’ on the ‘right reason’ issue to something more general, which you might describe as something like  'Doing real-world TDD in .NET , with massive use of third-party add-ins’. This is because I feel that there is a more general statement about Test-driven development to make:  It’s high time to speak about the ‘How’ of TDD, not always only the ‘Why’. Much has been said about this, and me myself also contributed to that (see here: TDD is not about testing, it's about how we develop software). But always justifying what you do is very unsatisfying in the long run, it is inherently defensive, and it costs time and effort that could be used for better and more important things. And frankly: I’m somewhat sick and tired of repeating time and again that the test-driven way of software development is highly preferable for many reasons - I don’t want to spent my time exclusively on stating the obvious… So, again, let’s say it clearly: TDD is programming, and programming is TDD. Other ways of programming (code-first, sometimes called cowboy-coding) are exceptional and need justification. – I know that there are many people out there who will disagree with this radical statement, and I also know that it’s not a description of the real world but more of a mission statement or something. But nevertheless I’m absolutely sure that in some years this statement will be nothing but a platitude. Side note: Some parts of this post read as if I were paid by Jetbrains (the manufacturer of the ReSharper add-in – R#), but I swear I’m not. Rather I think that Visual Studio is just not production-complete without it, and I wouldn’t even consider to do professional work without having this add-in installed... The three parts of a software component Before I go into some details, I first should describe my understanding of what belongs to a software component (assembly, type, or method) during the production process (i.e. the coding phase). Roughly, I come up with the three parts shown below:   First, we need to have some initial sort of requirement. This can be a multi-page formal document, a vague idea in some programmer’s brain of what might be needed, or anything in between. In either way, there has to be some sort of requirement, be it explicit or not. – At the C# micro-level, the best way that I found to formulate that is to define interfaces for just about everything, even for internal classes, and to provide them with exhaustive xml comments. The next step then is to re-formulate these requirements in an executable form. This is specific to the respective programming language. - For C#/.NET, the Gallio framework (which includes MbUnit) in conjunction with the ReSharper add-in for Visual Studio is my toolset of choice. The third part then finally is the production code itself. It’s development is entirely driven by the requirements and their executable formulation. This is the delivery, the two other parts are ‘only’ there to make its production possible, to give it a decent quality and reliability, and to significantly reduce related costs down the maintenance timeline. So while the first two parts are not really relevant for the customer, they are very important for the developer. The customer (or in Scrum terms: the Product Owner) is not interested at all in how  the product is developed, he is only interested in the fact that it is developed as cost-effective as possible, and that it meets his functional and non-functional requirements. The rest is solely a matter of the developer’s craftsmanship, and this is what I want to talk about during the remainder of this article… An example To demonstrate my way of doing real-world TDD, I decided to show the development of a (very) simple Calculator component. The example is deliberately trivial and silly, as examples always are. I am totally aware of the fact that real life is never that simple, but I only want to show some development principles here… The requirement As already said above, I start with writing down some words on the initial requirement, and I normally use interfaces for that, even for internal classes - the typical question “intf or not” doesn’t even come to mind. I need them for my usual workflow and using them automatically produces high componentized and testable code anyway. To think about their usage in every single situation would slow down the production process unnecessarily. So this is what I begin with: namespace Calculator {     /// <summary>     /// Defines a very simple calculator component for demo purposes.     /// </summary>     public interface ICalculator     {         /// <summary>         /// Gets the result of the last successful operation.         /// </summary>         /// <value>The last result.</value>         /// <remarks>         /// Will be <see langword="null" /> before the first successful operation.         /// </remarks>         double? LastResult { get; }       } // interface ICalculator   } // namespace Calculator So, I’m not beginning with a test, but with a sort of code declaration - and still I insist on being 100% test-driven. There are three important things here: Starting this way gives me a method signature, which allows to use IntelliSense and AutoCompletion and thus eliminates the danger of typos - one of the most regular, annoying, time-consuming, and therefore expensive sources of error in the development process. In my understanding, the interface definition as a whole is more of a readable requirement document and technical documentation than anything else. So this is at least as much about documentation than about coding. The documentation must completely describe the behavior of the documented element. I normally use an IoC container or some sort of self-written provider-like model in my architecture. In either case, I need my components defined via service interfaces anyway. - I will use the LinFu IoC framework here, for no other reason as that is is very simple to use. The ‘Red’ (pt. 1)   First I create a folder for the project’s third-party libraries and put the LinFu.Core dll there. Then I set up a test project (via a Gallio project template), and add references to the Calculator project and the LinFu dll. Finally I’m ready to write the first test, which will look like the following: namespace Calculator.Test {     [TestFixture]     public class CalculatorTest     {         private readonly ServiceContainer container = new ServiceContainer();           [Test]         public void CalculatorLastResultIsInitiallyNull()         {             ICalculator calculator = container.GetService<ICalculator>();               Assert.IsNull(calculator.LastResult);         }       } // class CalculatorTest   } // namespace Calculator.Test       This is basically the executable formulation of what the interface definition states (part of). Side note: There’s one principle of TDD that is just plain wrong in my eyes: I’m talking about the Red is 'does not compile' thing. How could a compiler error ever be interpreted as a valid test outcome? I never understood that, it just makes no sense to me. (Or, in Derick’s terms: this reason is as wrong as a reason ever could be…) A compiler error tells me: Your code is incorrect, but nothing more.  Instead, the ‘Red’ part of the red-green-refactor cycle has a clearly defined meaning to me: It means that the test works as intended and fails only if its assumptions are not met for some reason. Back to our Calculator. When I execute the above test with R#, the Gallio plugin will give me this output: So this tells me that the test is red for the wrong reason: There’s no implementation that the IoC-container could load, of course. So let’s fix that. With R#, this is very easy: First, create an ICalculator - derived type:        Next, implement the interface members: And finally, move the new class to its own file: So far my ‘work’ was six mouse clicks long, the only thing that’s left to do manually here, is to add the Ioc-specific wiring-declaration and also to make the respective class non-public, which I regularly do to force my components to communicate exclusively via interfaces: This is what my Calculator class looks like as of now: using System; using LinFu.IoC.Configuration;   namespace Calculator {     [Implements(typeof(ICalculator))]     internal class Calculator : ICalculator     {         public double? LastResult         {             get             {                 throw new NotImplementedException();             }         }     } } Back to the test fixture, we have to put our IoC container to work: [TestFixture] public class CalculatorTest {     #region Fields       private readonly ServiceContainer container = new ServiceContainer();       #endregion // Fields       #region Setup/TearDown       [FixtureSetUp]     public void FixtureSetUp()     {        container.LoadFrom(AppDomain.CurrentDomain.BaseDirectory, "Calculator.dll");     }       ... Because I have a R# live template defined for the setup/teardown method skeleton as well, the only manual coding here again is the IoC-specific stuff: two lines, not more… The ‘Red’ (pt. 2) Now, the execution of the above test gives the following result: This time, the test outcome tells me that the method under test is called. And this is the point, where Derick and I seem to have somewhat different views on the subject: Of course, the test still is worthless regarding the red/green outcome (or: it’s still red for the wrong reasons, in that it gives a false negative). But as far as I am concerned, I’m not really interested in the test outcome at this point of the red-green-refactor cycle. Rather, I only want to assert that my test actually calls the right method. If that’s the case, I will happily go on to the ‘Green’ part… The ‘Green’ Making the test green is quite trivial. Just make LastResult an automatic property:     [Implements(typeof(ICalculator))]     internal class Calculator : ICalculator     {         public double? LastResult { get; private set; }     }         One more round… Now on to something slightly more demanding (cough…). Let’s state that our Calculator exposes an Add() method:         ...   /// <summary>         /// Adds the specified operands.         /// </summary>         /// <param name="operand1">The operand1.</param>         /// <param name="operand2">The operand2.</param>         /// <returns>The result of the additon.</returns>         /// <exception cref="ArgumentException">         /// Argument <paramref name="operand1"/> is &lt; 0.<br/>         /// -- or --<br/>         /// Argument <paramref name="operand2"/> is &lt; 0.         /// </exception>         double Add(double operand1, double operand2);       } // interface ICalculator A remark: I sometimes hear the complaint that xml comment stuff like the above is hard to read. That’s certainly true, but irrelevant to me, because I read xml code comments with the CR_Documentor tool window. And using that, it looks like this:   Apart from that, I’m heavily using xml code comments (see e.g. here for a detailed guide) because there is the possibility of automating help generation with nightly CI builds (using MS Sandcastle and the Sandcastle Help File Builder), and then publishing the results to some intranet location.  This way, a team always has first class, up-to-date technical documentation at hand about the current codebase. (And, also very important for speeding up things and avoiding typos: You have IntelliSense/AutoCompletion and R# support, and the comments are subject to compiler checking…).     Back to our Calculator again: Two more R# – clicks implement the Add() skeleton:         ...           public double Add(double operand1, double operand2)         {             throw new NotImplementedException();         }       } // class Calculator As we have stated in the interface definition (which actually serves as our requirement document!), the operands are not allowed to be negative. So let’s start implementing that. Here’s the test: [Test] [Row(-0.5, 2)] public void AddThrowsOnNegativeOperands(double operand1, double operand2) {     ICalculator calculator = container.GetService<ICalculator>();       Assert.Throws<ArgumentException>(() => calculator.Add(operand1, operand2)); } As you can see, I’m using a data-driven unit test method here, mainly for these two reasons: Because I know that I will have to do the same test for the second operand in a few seconds, I save myself from implementing another test method for this purpose. Rather, I only will have to add another Row attribute to the existing one. From the test report below, you can see that the argument values are explicitly printed out. This can be a valuable documentation feature even when everything is green: One can quickly review what values were tested exactly - the complete Gallio HTML-report (as it will be produced by the Continuous Integration runs) shows these values in a quite clear format (see below for an example). Back to our Calculator development again, this is what the test result tells us at the moment: So we’re red again, because there is not yet an implementation… Next we go on and implement the necessary parameter verification to become green again, and then we do the same thing for the second operand. To make a long story short, here’s the test and the method implementation at the end of the second cycle: // in CalculatorTest:   [Test] [Row(-0.5, 2)] [Row(295, -123)] public void AddThrowsOnNegativeOperands(double operand1, double operand2) {     ICalculator calculator = container.GetService<ICalculator>();       Assert.Throws<ArgumentException>(() => calculator.Add(operand1, operand2)); }   // in Calculator: public double Add(double operand1, double operand2) {     if (operand1 < 0.0)     {         throw new ArgumentException("Value must not be negative.", "operand1");     }     if (operand2 < 0.0)     {         throw new ArgumentException("Value must not be negative.", "operand2");     }     throw new NotImplementedException(); } So far, we have sheltered our method from unwanted input, and now we can safely operate on the parameters without further caring about their validity (this is my interpretation of the Fail Fast principle, which is regarded here in more detail). Now we can think about the method’s successful outcomes. First let’s write another test for that: [Test] [Row(1, 1, 2)] public void TestAdd(double operand1, double operand2, double expectedResult) {     ICalculator calculator = container.GetService<ICalculator>();       double result = calculator.Add(operand1, operand2);       Assert.AreEqual(expectedResult, result); } Again, I’m regularly using row based test methods for these kinds of unit tests. The above shown pattern proved to be extremely helpful for my development work, I call it the Defined-Input/Expected-Output test idiom: You define your input arguments together with the expected method result. There are two major benefits from that way of testing: In the course of refining a method, it’s very likely to come up with additional test cases. In our case, we might add tests for some edge cases like ‘one of the operands is zero’ or ‘the sum of the two operands causes an overflow’, or maybe there’s an external test protocol that has to be fulfilled (e.g. an ISO norm for medical software), and this results in the need of testing against additional values. In all these scenarios we only have to add another Row attribute to the test. Remember that the argument values are written to the test report, so as a side-effect this produces valuable documentation. (This can become especially important if the fulfillment of some sort of external requirements has to be proven). So your test method might look something like that in the end: [Test, Description("Arguments: operand1, operand2, expectedResult")] [Row(1, 1, 2)] [Row(0, 999999999, 999999999)] [Row(0, 0, 0)] [Row(0, double.MaxValue, double.MaxValue)] [Row(4, double.MaxValue - 2.5, double.MaxValue)] public void TestAdd(double operand1, double operand2, double expectedResult) {     ICalculator calculator = container.GetService<ICalculator>();       double result = calculator.Add(operand1, operand2);       Assert.AreEqual(expectedResult, result); } And this will produce the following HTML report (with Gallio):   Not bad for the amount of work we invested in it, huh? - There might be scenarios where reports like that can be useful for demonstration purposes during a Scrum sprint review… The last requirement to fulfill is that the LastResult property is expected to store the result of the last operation. I don’t show this here, it’s trivial enough and brings nothing new… And finally: Refactor (for the right reasons) To demonstrate my way of going through the refactoring portion of the red-green-refactor cycle, I added another method to our Calculator component, namely Subtract(). Here’s the code (tests and production): // CalculatorTest.cs:   [Test, Description("Arguments: operand1, operand2, expectedResult")] [Row(1, 1, 0)] [Row(0, 999999999, -999999999)] [Row(0, 0, 0)] [Row(0, double.MaxValue, -double.MaxValue)] [Row(4, double.MaxValue - 2.5, -double.MaxValue)] public void TestSubtract(double operand1, double operand2, double expectedResult) {     ICalculator calculator = container.GetService<ICalculator>();       double result = calculator.Subtract(operand1, operand2);       Assert.AreEqual(expectedResult, result); }   [Test, Description("Arguments: operand1, operand2, expectedResult")] [Row(1, 1, 0)] [Row(0, 999999999, -999999999)] [Row(0, 0, 0)] [Row(0, double.MaxValue, -double.MaxValue)] [Row(4, double.MaxValue - 2.5, -double.MaxValue)] public void TestSubtractGivesExpectedLastResult(double operand1, double operand2, double expectedResult) {     ICalculator calculator = container.GetService<ICalculator>();       calculator.Subtract(operand1, operand2);       Assert.AreEqual(expectedResult, calculator.LastResult); }   ...   // ICalculator.cs: /// <summary> /// Subtracts the specified operands. /// </summary> /// <param name="operand1">The operand1.</param> /// <param name="operand2">The operand2.</param> /// <returns>The result of the subtraction.</returns> /// <exception cref="ArgumentException"> /// Argument <paramref name="operand1"/> is &lt; 0.<br/> /// -- or --<br/> /// Argument <paramref name="operand2"/> is &lt; 0. /// </exception> double Subtract(double operand1, double operand2);   ...   // Calculator.cs:   public double Subtract(double operand1, double operand2) {     if (operand1 < 0.0)     {         throw new ArgumentException("Value must not be negative.", "operand1");     }       if (operand2 < 0.0)     {         throw new ArgumentException("Value must not be negative.", "operand2");     }       return (this.LastResult = operand1 - operand2).Value; }   Obviously, the argument validation stuff that was produced during the red-green part of our cycle duplicates the code from the previous Add() method. So, to avoid code duplication and minimize the number of code lines of the production code, we do an Extract Method refactoring. One more time, this is only a matter of a few mouse clicks (and giving the new method a name) with R#: Having done that, our production code finally looks like that: using System; using LinFu.IoC.Configuration;   namespace Calculator {     [Implements(typeof(ICalculator))]     internal class Calculator : ICalculator     {         #region ICalculator           public double? LastResult { get; private set; }           public double Add(double operand1, double operand2)         {             ThrowIfOneOperandIsInvalid(operand1, operand2);               return (this.LastResult = operand1 + operand2).Value;         }           public double Subtract(double operand1, double operand2)         {             ThrowIfOneOperandIsInvalid(operand1, operand2);               return (this.LastResult = operand1 - operand2).Value;         }           #endregion // ICalculator           #region Implementation (Helper)           private static void ThrowIfOneOperandIsInvalid(double operand1, double operand2)         {             if (operand1 < 0.0)             {                 throw new ArgumentException("Value must not be negative.", "operand1");             }               if (operand2 < 0.0)             {                 throw new ArgumentException("Value must not be negative.", "operand2");             }         }           #endregion // Implementation (Helper)       } // class Calculator   } // namespace Calculator But is the above worth the effort at all? It’s obviously trivial and not very impressive. All our tests were green (for the right reasons), and refactoring the code did not change anything. It’s not immediately clear how this refactoring work adds value to the project. Derick puts it like this: STOP! Hold on a second… before you go any further and before you even think about refactoring what you just wrote to make your test pass, you need to understand something: if your done with your requirements after making the test green, you are not required to refactor the code. I know… I’m speaking heresy, here. Toss me to the wolves, I’ve gone over to the dark side! Seriously, though… if your test is passing for the right reasons, and you do not need to write any test or any more code for you class at this point, what value does refactoring add? Derick immediately answers his own question: So why should you follow the refactor portion of red/green/refactor? When you have added code that makes the system less readable, less understandable, less expressive of the domain or concern’s intentions, less architecturally sound, less DRY, etc, then you should refactor it. I couldn’t state it more precise. From my personal perspective, I’d add the following: You have to keep in mind that real-world software systems are usually quite large and there are dozens or even hundreds of occasions where micro-refactorings like the above can be applied. It’s the sum of them all that counts. And to have a good overall quality of the system (e.g. in terms of the Code Duplication Percentage metric) you have to be pedantic on the individual, seemingly trivial cases. My job regularly requires the reading and understanding of ‘foreign’ code. So code quality/readability really makes a HUGE difference for me – sometimes it can be even the difference between project success and failure… Conclusions The above described development process emerged over the years, and there were mainly two things that guided its evolution (you might call it eternal principles, personal beliefs, or anything in between): Test-driven development is the normal, natural way of writing software, code-first is exceptional. So ‘doing TDD or not’ is not a question. And good, stable code can only reliably be produced by doing TDD (yes, I know: many will strongly disagree here again, but I’ve never seen high-quality code – and high-quality code is code that stood the test of time and causes low maintenance costs – that was produced code-first…) It’s the production code that pays our bills in the end. (Though I have seen customers these days who demand an acceptance test battery as part of the final delivery. Things seem to go into the right direction…). The test code serves ‘only’ to make the production code work. But it’s the number of delivered features which solely counts at the end of the day - no matter how much test code you wrote or how good it is. With these two things in mind, I tried to optimize my coding process for coding speed – or, in business terms: productivity - without sacrificing the principles of TDD (more than I’d do either way…).  As a result, I consider a ratio of about 3-5/1 for test code vs. production code as normal and desirable. In other words: roughly 60-80% of my code is test code (This might sound heavy, but that is mainly due to the fact that software development standards only begin to evolve. The entire software development profession is very young, historically seen; only at the very beginning, and there are no viable standards yet. If you think about software development as a kind of casting process, where the test code is the mold and the resulting production code is the final product, then the above ratio sounds no longer extraordinary…) Although the above might look like very much unnecessary work at first sight, it’s not. With the aid of the mentioned add-ins, doing all the above is a matter of minutes, sometimes seconds (while writing this post took hours and days…). The most important thing is to have the right tools at hand. Slow developer machines or the lack of a tool or something like that - for ‘saving’ a few 100 bucks -  is just not acceptable and a very bad decision in business terms (though I quite some times have seen and heard that…). Production of high-quality products needs the usage of high-quality tools. This is a platitude that every craftsman knows… The here described round-trip will take me about five to ten minutes in my real-world development practice. I guess it’s about 30% more time compared to developing the ‘traditional’ (code-first) way. But the so manufactured ‘product’ is of much higher quality and massively reduces maintenance costs, which is by far the single biggest cost factor, as I showed in this previous post: It's the maintenance, stupid! (or: Something is rotten in developerland.). In the end, this is a highly cost-effective way of software development… But on the other hand, there clearly is a trade-off here: coding speed vs. code quality/later maintenance costs. The here described development method might be a perfect fit for the overwhelming majority of software projects, but there certainly are some scenarios where it’s not - e.g. if time-to-market is crucial for a software project. So this is a business decision in the end. It’s just that you have to know what you’re doing and what consequences this might have… Some last words First, I’d like to thank Derick Bailey again. His two aforementioned posts (which I strongly recommend for reading) inspired me to think deeply about my own personal way of doing TDD and to clarify my thoughts about it. I wouldn’t have done that without this inspiration. I really enjoy that kind of discussions… I agree with him in all respects. But I don’t know (yet?) how to bring his insights into the described production process without slowing things down. The above described method proved to be very “good enough” in my practical experience. But of course, I’m open to suggestions here… My rationale for now is: If the test is initially red during the red-green-refactor cycle, the ‘right reason’ is: it actually calls the right method, but this method is not yet operational. Later on, when the cycle is finished and the tests become part of the regular, automated Continuous Integration process, ‘red’ certainly must occur for the ‘right reason’: in this phase, ‘red’ MUST mean nothing but an unfulfilled assertion - Fail By Assertion, Not By Anything Else!

    Read the article

  • Records not being saved to core data sqlite file

    - by esd100
    I'm a complete newbie when it comes to iOS programming and much less Core Data. It's rather non-intuitive for me, as I really came into my own with programming with MATLAB, which I guess is more of a 'scripting' language. At any rate, my problem is that I had no idea what I had to do to create a database for my application. So I read a little bit and thought I had to create a SQL database of my stuff and then import it. Long story short, I created a SQLite db and I want to use the work I have already done to import stuff into my CoreData database. I tried exporting to comma-delimited files and xml files and reading those in, but I didn't like it and it seemed like an extra step that I shouldn't need to do. So, I imported the SQLite database into my resources and added the sqlite framework. I have my core data model setup and it is setting up the SQLite database for the model correctly in the background. When I run through my program to add objects to my entities, it seems to work and I can even fetch results afterward. However, when I inspect the Core Data Database SQLite file, no records have been saved. How is it possible for it to fetch results but not save them to the database? - (BOOL)application:(UIApplication *)application didFinishLaunchingWithOptions:(NSDictionary *)launchOptions{ //load in the path for resources NSString *paths = [[NSBundle mainBundle] resourcePath]; NSString *databaseName = @"histology.sqlite"; NSString *databasePath = [paths stringByAppendingPathComponent:databaseName]; [self createDatabase:databasePath ]; NSError *error; if ([[self managedObjectContext] save:&error]) { NSLog(@"Whoops, couldn't save: %@", [error localizedDescription]); } // Test listing all CELLS from the store NSFetchRequest *fetchRequest = [[NSFetchRequest alloc] init]; NSEntityDescription *entityMO = [NSEntityDescription entityForName:@"CELL" inManagedObjectContext:[self managedObjectContext]]; [fetchRequest setEntity:entityMO]; NSArray *fetchedObjects = [[self managedObjectContext] executeFetchRequest:fetchRequest error:&error]; for (CELL *cellName in fetchedObjects) { //NSLog(@"cellName: %@", cellName); } -(void) createDatabase:databasePath { NSLog(@"The createDatabase function was entered."); NSLog(@"The databasePath is %@ ",[databasePath description]); // Setup the database object sqlite3 *histoDatabase; // Open the database from filessytem if(sqlite3_open([databasePath UTF8String], &histoDatabase) == SQLITE_OK) { NSLog(@"The database was opened"); // Setup the SQL Statement and compile it for faster access const char *sqlStatement = "SELECT * FROM CELL"; sqlite3_stmt *compiledStatement; if(sqlite3_prepare_v2(histoDatabase, sqlStatement, -1, &compiledStatement, NULL) != SQLITE_OK) { NSAssert1(0, @"Error while creating add statement. '%s'", sqlite3_errmsg(histoDatabase)); } if(sqlite3_prepare_v2(histoDatabase, sqlStatement, -1, &compiledStatement, NULL) == SQLITE_OK) { // Loop through the results and add them to cell MO array while(sqlite3_step(compiledStatement) == SQLITE_ROW) { CELL *cellMO = [NSEntityDescription insertNewObjectForEntityForName:@"CELL" inManagedObjectContext:[self managedObjectContext]]; if (sqlite3_column_type(compiledStatement, 0) != SQLITE_NULL) { cellMO.cellName = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:(char *)sqlite3_column_text(compiledStatement, 0)]; } else { cellMO.cellName = @"undefined"; } if (sqlite3_column_type(compiledStatement, 1) != SQLITE_NULL) { cellMO.cellDescription = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:(char *)sqlite3_column_text(compiledStatement, 1)]; } else { cellMO.cellDescription = @"undefined"; } NSLog(@"The contents of NSString *cellName = %@",[cellMO.cellName description]); } } // Release the compiled statement from memory sqlite3_finalize(compiledStatement); } sqlite3_close(histoDatabase); } I have a feeling that it has something to do with the timing of opening/closing both of the databases? Attached I have some SQL debugging output to the terminal 2012-05-28 16:03:39.556 MedPix[34751:fb03] The createDatabase function was entered. 2012-05-28 16:03:39.557 MedPix[34751:fb03] The databasePath is /Users/jack/Library/Application Support/iPhone Simulator/5.1/Applications/A6B2A79D-BA93-4E24-9291-5B7948A3CDF4/MedPix.app/histology.sqlite 2012-05-28 16:03:39.559 MedPix[34751:fb03] The database was opened 2012-05-28 16:03:39.560 MedPix[34751:fb03] The database was prepared 2012-05-28 16:03:39.575 MedPix[34751:fb03] CoreData: annotation: Connecting to sqlite database file at "/Users/jack/Library/Application Support/iPhone Simulator/5.1/Applications/A6B2A79D-BA93-4E24-9291-5B7948A3CDF4/Documents/MedPix.sqlite" 2012-05-28 16:03:39.576 MedPix[34751:fb03] CoreData: annotation: creating schema. 2012-05-28 16:03:39.577 MedPix[34751:fb03] CoreData: sql: pragma page_size=4096 2012-05-28 16:03:39.578 MedPix[34751:fb03] CoreData: sql: pragma auto_vacuum=2 2012-05-28 16:03:39.630 MedPix[34751:fb03] CoreData: sql: BEGIN EXCLUSIVE 2012-05-28 16:03:39.631 MedPix[34751:fb03] CoreData: sql: SELECT TBL_NAME FROM SQLITE_MASTER WHERE TBL_NAME = 'Z_METADATA' 2012-05-28 16:03:39.632 MedPix[34751:fb03] CoreData: sql: CREATE TABLE ZCELL ( Z_PK INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, Z_ENT INTEGER, Z_OPT INTEGER, ZCELLDESCRIPTION VARCHAR, ZCELLNAME VARCHAR ) ... 2012-05-28 16:03:39.669 MedPix[34751:fb03] CoreData: annotation: Creating primary key table. 2012-05-28 16:03:39.671 MedPix[34751:fb03] CoreData: sql: CREATE TABLE Z_PRIMARYKEY (Z_ENT INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, Z_NAME VARCHAR, Z_SUPER INTEGER, Z_MAX INTEGER) 2012-05-28 16:03:39.672 MedPix[34751:fb03] CoreData: sql: INSERT INTO Z_PRIMARYKEY(Z_ENT, Z_NAME, Z_SUPER, Z_MAX) VALUES(1, 'CELL', 0, 0) ... 2012-05-28 16:03:39.701 MedPix[34751:fb03] CoreData: sql: CREATE TABLE Z_METADATA (Z_VERSION INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, Z_UUID VARCHAR(255), Z_PLIST BLOB) 2012-05-28 16:03:39.702 MedPix[34751:fb03] CoreData: sql: SELECT TBL_NAME FROM SQLITE_MASTER WHERE TBL_NAME = 'Z_METADATA' 2012-05-28 16:03:39.703 MedPix[34751:fb03] CoreData: sql: DELETE FROM Z_METADATA WHERE Z_VERSION = ? 2012-05-28 16:03:39.704 MedPix[34751:fb03] CoreData: sql: INSERT INTO Z_METADATA (Z_VERSION, Z_UUID, Z_PLIST) VALUES (?, ?, ?) 2012-05-28 16:03:39.705 MedPix[34751:fb03] CoreData: sql: COMMIT 2012-05-28 16:03:39.710 MedPix[34751:fb03] CoreData: sql: pragma cache_size=200 2012-05-28 16:03:39.711 MedPix[34751:fb03] CoreData: sql: SELECT Z_VERSION, Z_UUID, Z_PLIST FROM Z_METADATA 2012-05-28 16:03:39.712 MedPix[34751:fb03] The contents of NSString *cellName = Beta Cell 2012-05-28 16:03:39.712 MedPix[34751:fb03] The contents of NSString *cellName = Gastric Chief Cell ... 2012-05-28 16:03:39.714 MedPix[34751:fb03] The database was prepared 2012-05-28 16:03:39.764 MedPix[34751:fb03] The createDatabase function has finished. Now fetching. 2012-05-28 16:03:39.765 MedPix[34751:fb03] CoreData: sql: SELECT 0, t0.Z_PK, t0.Z_OPT, t0.ZCELLDESCRIPTION, t0.ZCELLNAME FROM ZCELL t0 2012-05-28 16:03:39.766 MedPix[34751:fb03] CoreData: annotation: sql connection fetch time: 0.0008s 2012-05-28 16:03:39.767 MedPix[34751:fb03] CoreData: annotation: total fetch execution time: 0.0016s for 0 rows. 2012-05-28 16:03:39.768 MedPix[34751:fb03] cellName: <CELL: 0x6bbc120> (entity: CELL; id: 0x6bbc160 <x-coredata:///CELL/t57D10DDD-74E2-474F-97EE-E3BD0FF684DA34> ; data: { cellDescription = "S cells are cells which release secretin, found in the jejunum and duodenum. They are stimulated by a drop in pH to 4 or below in the small intestine's lumen. The released secretin will increase the s"; cellName = "S Cell"; organs = ( ); specimens = ( ); systems = ( ); tissues = ( ); }) ... Sections were cut short to abbreviate. But note that the fetch results contain information, but it says that total fetch execution was for "0" rows? How can that be? Any help will be greatly appreciated, especially detailed explanations. :) Thanks.

    Read the article

  • Automating Solaris 11 Zones Installation Using The Automated Install Server

    - by Orgad Kimchi
    Introduction How to use the Oracle Solaris 11 Automated install server in order to automate the Solaris 11 Zones installation. In this document I will demonstrate how to setup the Automated Install server in order to provide hands off installation process for the Global Zone and two Non Global Zones located on the same system. Architecture layout: Figure 1. Architecture layout Prerequisite Setup the Automated install server (AI) using the following instructions “How to Set Up Automated Installation Services for Oracle Solaris 11” The first step in this setup will be creating two Solaris 11 Zones configuration files. Step 1: Create the Solaris 11 Zones configuration files  The Solaris Zones configuration files should be in the format of the zonecfg export command. # zonecfg -z zone1 export > /var/tmp/zone1# cat /var/tmp/zone1 create -b set brand=solaris set zonepath=/rpool/zones/zone1 set autoboot=true set ip-type=exclusive add anet set linkname=net0 set lower-link=auto set configure-allowed-address=true set link-protection=mac-nospoof set mac-address=random end  Create a backup copy of this file under a different name, for example, zone2. # cp /var/tmp/zone1 /var/tmp/zone2 Modify the second configuration file with the zone2 configuration information You should change the zonepath for example: set zonepath=/rpool/zones/zone2 Step2: Copy and share the Zones configuration files  Create the NFS directory for the Zones configuration files # mkdir /export/zone_config Share the directory for the Zones configuration file # share –o ro /export/zone_config Copy the Zones configuration files into the NFS shared directory # cp /var/tmp/zone1 /var/tmp/zone2  /export/zone_config Verify that the NFS share has been created using the following command # share export_zone_config      /export/zone_config     nfs     sec=sys,ro Step 3: Add the Global Zone as client to the Install Service Use the installadm create-client command to associate client (Global Zone) with the install service To find the MAC address of a system, use the dladm command as described in the dladm(1M) man page. The following command adds the client (Global Zone) with MAC address 0:14:4f:2:a:19 to the s11x86service install service. # installadm create-client -e “0:14:4f:2:a:19" -n s11x86service You can verify the client creation using the following command # installadm list –c Service Name  Client Address     Arch   Image Path ------------  --------------     ----   ---------- s11x86service 00:14:4F:02:0A:19  i386   /export/auto_install/s11x86service We can see the client install service name (s11x86service), MAC address (00:14:4F:02:0A:19 and Architecture (i386). Step 4: Global Zone manifest setup  First, get a list of the installation services and the manifests associated with them: # installadm list -m Service Name   Manifest        Status ------------   --------        ------ default-i386   orig_default   Default s11x86service  orig_default   Default Then probe the s11x86service and the default manifest associated with it. The -m switch reflects the name of the manifest associated with a service. Since we want to capture that output into a file, we redirect the output of the command as follows: # installadm export -n s11x86service -m orig_default >  /var/tmp/orig_default.xml Create a backup copy of this file under a different name, for example, orig-default2.xml, and edit the copy. # cp /var/tmp/orig_default.xml /var/tmp/orig_default2.xml Use the configuration element in the AI manifest for the client system to specify non-global zones. Use the name attribute of the configuration element to specify the name of the zone. Use the source attribute to specify the location of the config file for the zone.The source location can be any http:// or file:// location that the client can access during installation. The following sample AI manifest specifies two Non-Global Zones: zone1 and zone2 You should replace the server_ip with the ip address of the NFS server. <!DOCTYPE auto_install SYSTEM "file:///usr/share/install/ai.dtd.1"> <auto_install>   <ai_instance>     <target>       <logical>         <zpool name="rpool" is_root="true">           <filesystem name="export" mountpoint="/export"/>           <filesystem name="export/home"/>           <be name="solaris"/>         </zpool>       </logical>     </target>     <software type="IPS">       <source>         <publisher name="solaris">           <origin name="http://pkg.oracle.com/solaris/release"/>         </publisher>       </source>       <software_data action="install">         <name>pkg:/entire@latest</name>         <name>pkg:/group/system/solaris-large-server</name>       </software_data>     </software>     <configuration type="zone" name="zone1" source="file:///net/server_ip/export/zone_config/zone1"/>     <configuration type="zone" name="zone2" source="file:///net/server_ip/export/zone_config/zone2"/>   </ai_instance> </auto_install> The following example adds the /var/tmp/orig_default2.xml AI manifest to the s11x86service install service # installadm create-manifest -n s11x86service -f /var/tmp/orig_default2.xml -m gzmanifest You can verify the manifest creation using the following command # installadm list -n s11x86service  -m Service/Manifest Name  Status   Criteria ---------------------  ------   -------- s11x86service    orig_default        Default  None    gzmanifest          Inactive None We can see from the command output that the new manifest named gzmanifest has been created and associated with the s11x86service install service. Step 5: Non Global Zone manifest setup The AI manifest for non-global zone installation is similar to the AI manifest for installing the global zone. If you do not provide a custom AI manifest for a non-global zone, the default AI manifest for Zones is used The default AI manifest for Zones is available at /usr/share/auto_install/manifest/zone_default.xml. In this example we should use the default AI manifest for zones The following sample default AI manifest for zones # cat /usr/share/auto_install/manifest/zone_default.xml <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> <!--  Copyright (c) 2011, 2012, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved. --> <!DOCTYPE auto_install SYSTEM "file:///usr/share/install/ai.dtd.1"> <auto_install>     <ai_instance name="zone_default">         <target>             <logical>                 <zpool name="rpool">                     <!--                       Subsequent <filesystem> entries instruct an installer                       to create following ZFS datasets:                           <root_pool>/export         (mounted on /export)                           <root_pool>/export/home    (mounted on /export/home)                       Those datasets are part of standard environment                       and should be always created.                       In rare cases, if there is a need to deploy a zone                       without these datasets, either comment out or remove                       <filesystem> entries. In such scenario, it has to be also                       assured that in case of non-interactive post-install                       configuration, creation of initial user account is                       disabled in related system configuration profile.                       Otherwise the installed zone would fail to boot.                     -->                     <filesystem name="export" mountpoint="/export"/>                     <filesystem name="export/home"/>                     <be name="solaris">                         <options>                             <option name="compression" value="on"/>                         </options>                     </be>                 </zpool>             </logical>         </target>         <software type="IPS">             <destination>                 <image>                     <!-- Specify locales to install -->                     <facet set="false">facet.locale.*</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.de</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.de_DE</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.en</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.en_US</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.es</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.es_ES</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.fr</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.fr_FR</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.it</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.it_IT</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.ja</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.ja_*</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.ko</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.ko_*</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.pt</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.pt_BR</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.zh</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.zh_CN</facet>                     <facet set="true">facet.locale.zh_TW</facet>                 </image>             </destination>             <software_data action="install">                 <name>pkg:/group/system/solaris-small-server</name>             </software_data>         </software>     </ai_instance> </auto_install> (optional) We can customize the default AI manifest for Zones Create a backup copy of this file under a different name, for example, zone_default2.xml and edit the copy # cp /usr/share/auto_install/manifest/zone_default.xml /var/tmp/zone_default2.xml Edit the copy (/var/tmp/zone_default2.xml) The following example adds the /var/tmp/zone_default2.xml AI manifest to the s11x86service install service and specifies that zone1 and zone2 should use this manifest. # installadm create-manifest -n s11x86service -f /var/tmp/zone_default2.xml -m zones_manifest -c zonename="zone1 zone2" Note: Do not use the following elements or attributes in a non-global zone AI manifest:     The auto_reboot attribute of the ai_instance element     The http_proxy attribute of the ai_instance element     The disk child element of the target element     The noswap attribute of the logical element     The nodump attribute of the logical element     The configuration element Step 6: Global Zone profile setup We are going to create a global zone configuration profile which includes the host information for example: host name, ip address name services etc… # sysconfig create-profile –o /var/tmp/gz_profile.xml You need to provide the host information for example:     Default router     Root password     DNS information The output should eventually disappear and be replaced by the initial screen of the System Configuration Tool (see Figure 2), where you can do the final configuration. Figure 2. Profile creation menu You can validate the profile using the following command # installadm validate -n s11x86service –P /var/tmp/gz_profile.xml Validating static profile gz_profile.xml...  Passed Next, instantiate a profile with the install service. In our case, use the following syntax for doing this # installadm create-profile -n s11x86service  -f /var/tmp/gz_profile.xml -p  gz_profile You can verify profile creation using the following command # installadm list –n s11x86service  -p Service/Profile Name  Criteria --------------------  -------- s11x86service    gz_profile         None We can see that the gz_profie has been created and associated with the s11x86service Install service. Step 7: Setup the Solaris Zones configuration profiles The step should be similar to the Global zone profile creation on step 6 # sysconfig create-profile –o /var/tmp/zone1_profile.xml # sysconfig create-profile –o /var/tmp/zone2_profile.xml You can validate the profiles using the following command # installadm validate -n s11x86service -P /var/tmp/zone1_profile.xml Validating static profile zone1_profile.xml...  Passed # installadm validate -n s11x86service -P /var/tmp/zone2_profile.xml Validating static profile zone2_profile.xml...  Passed Next, associate the profiles with the install service The following example adds the zone1_profile.xml configuration profile to the s11x86service  install service and specifies that zone1 should use this profile. # installadm create-profile -n s11x86service  -f  /var/tmp/zone1_profile.xml -p zone1_profile -c zonename=zone1 The following example adds the zone2_profile.xml configuration profile to the s11x86service  install service and specifies that zone2 should use this profile. # installadm create-profile -n s11x86service  -f  /var/tmp/zone2_profile.xml -p zone2_profile -c zonename=zone2 You can verify the profiles creation using the following command # installadm list -n s11x86service -p Service/Profile Name  Criteria --------------------  -------- s11x86service    zone1_profile      zonename = zone1    zone2_profile      zonename = zone2    gz_profile         None We can see that we have three profiles in the s11x86service  install service     Global Zone  gz_profile     zone1            zone1_profile     zone2            zone2_profile. Step 8: Global Zone setup Associate the global zone client with the manifest and the profile that we create in the previous steps The following example adds the manifest and profile to the client (global zone), where: gzmanifest  is the name of the manifest. gz_profile  is the name of the configuration profile. mac="0:14:4f:2:a:19" is the client (global zone) mac address s11x86service is the install service name. # installadm set-criteria -m  gzmanifest  –p  gz_profile  -c mac="0:14:4f:2:a:19" -n s11x86service You can verify the manifest and profile association using the following command # installadm list -n s11x86service -p  -m Service/Manifest Name  Status   Criteria ---------------------  ------   -------- s11x86service    gzmanifest                   mac  = 00:14:4F:02:0A:19    orig_default        Default  None Service/Profile Name  Criteria --------------------  -------- s11x86service    gz_profile         mac      = 00:14:4F:02:0A:19    zone2_profile      zonename = zone2    zone1_profile      zonename = zone1 Step 9: Provision the host with the Non-Global Zones The next step is to boot the client system off the network and provision it using the Automated Install service that we just set up. First, boot the client system. Figure 3 shows the network boot attempt (when done on an x86 system): Figure 3. Network Boot Then you will be prompted by a GRUB menu, with a timer, as shown in Figure 4. The default selection (the "Text Installer and command line" option) is highlighted.  Press the down arrow to highlight the second option labeled Automated Install, and then press Enter. The reason we need to do this is because we want to prevent a system from being automatically re-installed if it were to be booted from the network accidentally. Figure 4. GRUB Menu What follows is the continuation of a networked boot from the Automated Install server,. The client downloads a mini-root (a small set of files in which to successfully run the installer), identifies the location of the Automated Install manifest on the network, retrieves that manifest, and then processes it to identify the address of the IPS repository from which to obtain the desired software payload. Non-Global Zones are installed and configured on the first reboot after the Global Zone is installed. You can list all the Solaris Zones status using the following command # zoneadm list -civ Once the Zones are in running state you can login into the Zone using the following command # zlogin –z zone1 Troubleshooting Automated Installations If an installation to a client system failed, you can find the client log at /system/volatile/install_log. NOTE: Zones are not installed if any of the following errors occurs:     A zone config file is not syntactically correct.     A collision exists among zone names, zone paths, or delegated ZFS datasets in the set of zones to be installed     Required datasets are not configured in the global zone. For more troubleshooting information see “Installing Oracle Solaris 11 Systems” Conclusion This paper demonstrated the benefits of using the Automated Install server to simplify the Non Global Zones setup, including the creation and configuration of the global zone manifest and the Solaris Zones profiles.

    Read the article

  • OpenCL: Strange buffer or image bahaviour with NVidia but not Amd

    - by Alex R.
    I have a big problem (on Linux): I create a buffer with defined data, then an OpenCL kernel takes this data and puts it into an image2d_t. When working on an AMD C50 (Fusion CPU/GPU) the program works as desired, but on my GeForce 9500 GT the given kernel computes the correct result very rarely. Sometimes the result is correct, but very often it is incorrect. Sometimes it depends on very strange changes like removing unused variable declarations or adding a newline. I realized that disabling the optimization will increase the probability to fail. I have the most actual display driver in both systems. Here is my reduced code: #include <CL/cl.h> #include <string> #include <iostream> #include <sstream> #include <cmath> void checkOpenCLErr(cl_int err, std::string name){ const char* errorString[] = { "CL_SUCCESS", "CL_DEVICE_NOT_FOUND", "CL_DEVICE_NOT_AVAILABLE", "CL_COMPILER_NOT_AVAILABLE", "CL_MEM_OBJECT_ALLOCATION_FAILURE", "CL_OUT_OF_RESOURCES", "CL_OUT_OF_HOST_MEMORY", "CL_PROFILING_INFO_NOT_AVAILABLE", "CL_MEM_COPY_OVERLAP", "CL_IMAGE_FORMAT_MISMATCH", "CL_IMAGE_FORMAT_NOT_SUPPORTED", "CL_BUILD_PROGRAM_FAILURE", "CL_MAP_FAILURE", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "", "CL_INVALID_VALUE", "CL_INVALID_DEVICE_TYPE", "CL_INVALID_PLATFORM", "CL_INVALID_DEVICE", "CL_INVALID_CONTEXT", "CL_INVALID_QUEUE_PROPERTIES", "CL_INVALID_COMMAND_QUEUE", "CL_INVALID_HOST_PTR", "CL_INVALID_MEM_OBJECT", "CL_INVALID_IMAGE_FORMAT_DESCRIPTOR", "CL_INVALID_IMAGE_SIZE", "CL_INVALID_SAMPLER", "CL_INVALID_BINARY", "CL_INVALID_BUILD_OPTIONS", "CL_INVALID_PROGRAM", "CL_INVALID_PROGRAM_EXECUTABLE", "CL_INVALID_KERNEL_NAME", "CL_INVALID_KERNEL_DEFINITION", "CL_INVALID_KERNEL", "CL_INVALID_ARG_INDEX", "CL_INVALID_ARG_VALUE", "CL_INVALID_ARG_SIZE", "CL_INVALID_KERNEL_ARGS", "CL_INVALID_WORK_DIMENSION", "CL_INVALID_WORK_GROUP_SIZE", "CL_INVALID_WORK_ITEM_SIZE", "CL_INVALID_GLOBAL_OFFSET", "CL_INVALID_EVENT_WAIT_LIST", "CL_INVALID_EVENT", "CL_INVALID_OPERATION", "CL_INVALID_GL_OBJECT", "CL_INVALID_BUFFER_SIZE", "CL_INVALID_MIP_LEVEL", "CL_INVALID_GLOBAL_WORK_SIZE", }; if (err != CL_SUCCESS) { std::stringstream str; str << errorString[-err] << " (" << err << ")"; throw std::string(name)+(str.str()); } } int main(){ try{ cl_context m_context; cl_platform_id* m_platforms; unsigned int m_numPlatforms; cl_command_queue m_queue; cl_device_id m_device; cl_int error = 0; // Used to handle error codes clGetPlatformIDs(0,NULL,&m_numPlatforms); m_platforms = new cl_platform_id[m_numPlatforms]; error = clGetPlatformIDs(m_numPlatforms,m_platforms,&m_numPlatforms); checkOpenCLErr(error, "getPlatformIDs"); // Device error = clGetDeviceIDs(m_platforms[0], CL_DEVICE_TYPE_GPU, 1, &m_device, NULL); checkOpenCLErr(error, "getDeviceIDs"); // Context cl_context_properties properties[] = { CL_CONTEXT_PLATFORM, (cl_context_properties)(m_platforms[0]), 0}; m_context = clCreateContextFromType(properties, CL_DEVICE_TYPE_GPU, NULL, NULL, NULL); // m_private->m_context = clCreateContext(properties, 1, &m_private->m_device, NULL, NULL, &error); checkOpenCLErr(error, "Create context"); // Command-queue m_queue = clCreateCommandQueue(m_context, m_device, 0, &error); checkOpenCLErr(error, "Create command queue"); //Build program and kernel const char* source = "#pragma OPENCL EXTENSION cl_khr_byte_addressable_store : enable\n" "\n" "__kernel void bufToImage(__global unsigned char* in, __write_only image2d_t out, const unsigned int offset_x, const unsigned int image_width , const unsigned int maxval ){\n" "\tint i = get_global_id(0);\n" "\tint j = get_global_id(1);\n" "\tint width = get_global_size(0);\n" "\tint height = get_global_size(1);\n" "\n" "\tint pos = j*image_width*3+(offset_x+i)*3;\n" "\tif( maxval < 256 ){\n" "\t\tfloat4 c = (float4)(in[pos],in[pos+1],in[pos+2],1.0f);\n" "\t\tc.x /= maxval;\n" "\t\tc.y /= maxval;\n" "\t\tc.z /= maxval;\n" "\t\twrite_imagef(out, (int2)(i,j), c);\n" "\t}else{\n" "\t\tfloat4 c = (float4)(255.0f*in[2*pos]+in[2*pos+1],255.0f*in[2*pos+2]+in[2*pos+3],255.0f*in[2*pos+4]+in[2*pos+5],1.0f);\n" "\t\tc.x /= maxval;\n" "\t\tc.y /= maxval;\n" "\t\tc.z /= maxval;\n" "\t\twrite_imagef(out, (int2)(i,j), c);\n" "\t}\n" "}\n" "\n" "__constant sampler_t imageSampler = CLK_NORMALIZED_COORDS_FALSE | CLK_ADDRESS_CLAMP_TO_EDGE | CLK_FILTER_NEAREST;\n" "\n" "__kernel void imageToBuf(__read_only image2d_t in, __global unsigned char* out, const unsigned int offset_x, const unsigned int image_width ){\n" "\tint i = get_global_id(0);\n" "\tint j = get_global_id(1);\n" "\tint pos = j*image_width*3+(offset_x+i)*3;\n" "\tfloat4 c = read_imagef(in, imageSampler, (int2)(i,j));\n" "\tif( c.x <= 1.0f && c.y <= 1.0f && c.z <= 1.0f ){\n" "\t\tout[pos] = c.x*255.0f;\n" "\t\tout[pos+1] = c.y*255.0f;\n" "\t\tout[pos+2] = c.z*255.0f;\n" "\t}else{\n" "\t\tout[pos] = 200.0f;\n" "\t\tout[pos+1] = 0.0f;\n" "\t\tout[pos+2] = 255.0f;\n" "\t}\n" "}\n"; cl_int err; cl_program prog = clCreateProgramWithSource(m_context,1,&source,NULL,&err); if( -err != CL_SUCCESS ) throw std::string("clCreateProgramWithSources"); err = clBuildProgram(prog,0,NULL,"-cl-opt-disable",NULL,NULL); if( -err != CL_SUCCESS ) throw std::string("clBuildProgram(fromSources)"); cl_kernel kernel = clCreateKernel(prog,"bufToImage",&err); checkOpenCLErr(err,"CreateKernel"); cl_uint imageWidth = 8; cl_uint imageHeight = 9; //Initialize datas cl_uint maxVal = 255; cl_uint offsetX = 0; int size = imageWidth*imageHeight*3; int resSize = imageWidth*imageHeight*4; cl_uchar* data = new cl_uchar[size]; cl_float* expectedData = new cl_float[resSize]; for( int i = 0,j=0; i < size; i++,j++ ){ data[i] = (cl_uchar)i; expectedData[j] = (cl_float)i/255.0f; if ( i%3 == 2 ){ j++; expectedData[j] = 1.0f; } } cl_mem inBuffer = clCreateBuffer(m_context,CL_MEM_READ_ONLY|CL_MEM_COPY_HOST_PTR,size*sizeof(cl_uchar),data,&err); checkOpenCLErr(err, "clCreateBuffer()"); clFinish(m_queue); cl_image_format imgFormat; imgFormat.image_channel_order = CL_RGBA; imgFormat.image_channel_data_type = CL_FLOAT; cl_mem outImg = clCreateImage2D( m_context, CL_MEM_READ_WRITE, &imgFormat, imageWidth, imageHeight, 0, NULL, &err ); checkOpenCLErr(err,"get2DImage()"); clFinish(m_queue); size_t kernelRegion[]={imageWidth,imageHeight}; size_t kernelWorkgroup[]={1,1}; //Fill kernel with data clSetKernelArg(kernel,0,sizeof(cl_mem),&inBuffer); clSetKernelArg(kernel,1,sizeof(cl_mem),&outImg); clSetKernelArg(kernel,2,sizeof(cl_uint),&offsetX); clSetKernelArg(kernel,3,sizeof(cl_uint),&imageWidth); clSetKernelArg(kernel,4,sizeof(cl_uint),&maxVal); //Run kernel err = clEnqueueNDRangeKernel(m_queue,kernel,2,NULL,kernelRegion,kernelWorkgroup,0,NULL,NULL); checkOpenCLErr(err,"RunKernel"); clFinish(m_queue); //Check resulting data for validty cl_float* computedData = new cl_float[resSize];; size_t region[]={imageWidth,imageHeight,1}; const size_t offset[] = {0,0,0}; err = clEnqueueReadImage(m_queue,outImg,CL_TRUE,offset,region,0,0,computedData,0,NULL,NULL); checkOpenCLErr(err, "readDataFromImage()"); clFinish(m_queue); for( int i = 0; i < resSize; i++ ){ if( fabs(expectedData[i]-computedData[i])>0.1 ){ std::cout << "Expected: \n"; for( int j = 0; j < resSize; j++ ){ std::cout << expectedData[j] << " "; } std::cout << "\nComputed: \n"; std::cout << "\n"; for( int j = 0; j < resSize; j++ ){ std::cout << computedData[j] << " "; } std::cout << "\n"; throw std::string("Error, computed and expected data are not the same!\n"); } } }catch(std::string& e){ std::cout << "\nCaught an exception: " << e << "\n"; return 1; } std::cout << "Works fine\n"; return 0; } I also uploaded the source code for you to make it easier to test it: http://www.file-upload.net/download-3513797/strangeOpenCLError.cpp.html Please can you tell me if I've done wrong anything? Is there any mistake in the code or is this a bug in my driver? Best reagards, Alex

    Read the article

  • I need help on my C++ assignment using Microsoft Visual C++

    - by krayzwytie
    Ok, so I don't want you to do my homework for me, but I'm a little lost with this final assignment and need all the help I can get. Learning about programming is tough enough, but doing it online is next to impossible for me... Now, to get to the program, I am going to paste what I have so far. This includes mostly //comments and what I have written so far. If you can help me figure out where all the errors are and how to complete the assignment, I will really appreciate it. Like I said, I don't want you to do my homework for me (it's my final), but any constructive criticism is welcome. This is my final assignment for this class and it is due tomorrow (Sunday before midnight, Arizona time). This is the assignment: Examine the following situation: Your company, Datamax, Inc., is in the process of automating its payroll systems. Your manager has asked you to create a program that calculates overtime pay for all employees. Your program must take into account the employee’s salary, total hours worked, and hours worked more than 40 in a week, and then provide an output that is useful and easily understood by company management. Compile your program utilizing the following background information and the code outline in Appendix D (included in the code section). Submit your project as an attachment including the code and the output. Company Background: Three employees: Mark, John, and Mary The end user needs to be prompted for three specific pieces of input—name, hours worked, and hourly wage. Calculate overtime if input is greater than 40 hours per week. Provide six test plans to verify the logic within the program. Plan 1 must display the proper information for employee #1 with overtime pay. Plan 2 must display the proper information for employee #1 with no overtime pay. Plans 3-6 are duplicates of plan 1 and 2 but for the other employees. Program Requirements: Define a base class to use for the entire program. The class holds the function calls and the variables related to the overtime pay calculations. Define one object per employee. Note there will be three employees. Your program must take the objects created and implement calculations based on total salaries, total hours, and the total number of overtime hours. See the Employee Summary Data section of the sample output. Logic Steps to Complete Your Program: Define your base class. Define your objects from your base class. Prompt for user input, updating your object classes for all three users. Implement your overtime pay calculations. Display overtime or regular time pay calculations. See the sample output below. Implement object calculations by summarizing your employee objects and display the summary information in the example below. And this is the code: // Final_Project.cpp : Defines the entry point for the console application. // #include "stdafx.h" #include <iostream> #include <string> #include <iomanip> using namespace std; // //CLASS DECLARATION SECTION // class CEmployee { public: void ImplementCalculations(string EmployeeName, double hours, double wage); void DisplayEmployInformation(void); void Addsomethingup (CEmployee, CEmployee, CEmployee); string EmployeeName ; int hours ; int overtime_hours ; int iTotal_hours ; int iTotal_OvertimeHours ; float wage ; float basepay ; float overtime_pay ; float overtime_extra ; float iTotal_salaries ; float iIndividualSalary ; }; int main() { system("cls"); cout << "Welcome to the Employee Pay Center"; /* Use this section to define your objects. You will have one object per employee. You have only three employees. The format is your class name and your object name. */ std::cout << "Please enter Employee's Name: "; std::cin >> EmployeeName; std::cout << "Please enter Total Hours for (EmployeeName): "; std::cin >> hours; std::cout << "Please enter Base Pay for(EmployeeName): "; std::cin >> basepay; /* Here you will prompt for the first employee’s information. Prompt the employee name, hours worked, and the hourly wage. For each piece of information, you will update the appropriate class member defined above. Example of Prompts Enter the employee name = Enter the hours worked = Enter his or her hourly wage = */ /* Here you will prompt for the second employee’s information. Prompt the employee name, hours worked, and the hourly wage. For each piece of information, you will update the appropriate class member defined above. Enter the employee name = Enter the hours worked = Enter his or her hourly wage = */ /* Here you will prompt for the third employee’s information. Prompt the employee name, hours worked, and the hourly wage. For each piece of information, you will update the appropriate class member defined above. Enter the employee name = Enter the hours worked = Enter his or her hourly wage = */ /* Here you will implement a function call to implement the employ calcuations for each object defined above. You will do this for each of the three employees or objects. The format for this step is the following: [(object name.function name(objectname.name, objectname.hours, objectname.wage)] ; */ /* This section you will send all three objects to a function that will add up the the following information: - Total Employee Salaries - Total Employee Hours - Total Overtime Hours The format for this function is the following: - Define a new object. - Implement function call [objectname.functionname(object name 1, object name 2, object name 3)] /* } //End of Main Function void CEmployee::ImplementCalculations (string EmployeeName, double hours, double wage){ //Initialize overtime variables overtime_hours=0; overtime_pay=0; overtime_extra=0; if (hours > 40) { /* This section is for the basic calculations for calculating overtime pay. - base pay = 40 hours times the hourly wage - overtime hours = hours worked – 40 - overtime pay = hourly wage * 1.5 - overtime extra pay over 40 = overtime hours * overtime pay - salary = overtime money over 40 hours + your base pay */ /* Implement function call to output the employee information. Function is defined below. */ } // if (hours > 40) else { /* Here you are going to calculate the hours less than 40 hours. - Your base pay is = your hours worked times your wage - Salary = your base pay */ /* Implement function call to output the employee information. Function is defined below. */ } // End of the else } //End of Primary Function void CEmployee::DisplayEmployInformation(); { // This function displays all the employee output information. /* This is your cout statements to display the employee information: Employee Name ............. = Base Pay .................. = Hours in Overtime ......... = Overtime Pay Amount........ = Total Pay ................. = */ } // END OF Display Employee Information void CEmployee::Addsomethingup (CEmployee Employ1, CEmployee Employ2) { // Adds two objects of class Employee passed as // function arguments and saves them as the calling object's data member values. /* Add the total hours for objects 1, 2, and 3. Add the salaries for each object. Add the total overtime hours. */ /* Then display the information below. %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%% EMPLOYEE SUMMARY DATA%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%% Total Employee Salaries ..... = 576.43 %%%% Total Employee Hours ........ = 108 %%%% Total Overtime Hours......... = 5 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% */ } // End of function

    Read the article

  • how to count checked checkboxes in different divs

    - by KMKMAHESH
    <head><title>STUDENT WISE EXAM BACKLOGS DISPLAY FOR EXAM REGISTRATION</title> <style type="text/css"> th { font-family:Arial; color:black; border:1px solid #000; } thead { display:table-header-group; } tbody { display:table-row-group; } td { border:1px solid #000; } </style> <script type="text/javascript" > function check_value(year,sem){ ysem="ys"+year+sem; var reg=document.registration.regulation.value; subjectsys="subjects"+year+sem; amountsys="amount"+year+sem; if(year==1){ if(sem==1){ var value_list = document.getElementById("ys11").getElementsByTagName('input'); } if(sem==2){ var value_list = document.getElementById("ys12").getElementsByTagName('input'); } }elseif(year==2){ if(sem==1){ var value_list = document.getElementById("ys21").getElementsByTagName('input'); } if(sem==2){ var value_list = document.getElementById("ys22").getElementsByTagName('input'); } }elseif(year==3){ if(sem==1){ var value_list = document.getElementById("ys31").getElementsByTagName('input'); } if(sem==2){ var value_list = document.getElementById("ys32").getElementsByTagName('input'); } }elseif(year==4){ if(sem==1){ var value_list = document.getElementById("ys41").getElementsByTagName('input'); } if(sem==2){ var value_list = document.getElementById("ys42").getElementsByTagName('input'); } } values = 0; for (var i=0; i<value_list.length; i++){ if (value_list[i].checked) { values=values+1; } } document.getElementById(subjectsys).value=values; if (values=="0") { document.getElementById(amountsys).innerHTML=""; return; } if (window.XMLHttpRequest) {// code for IE7+, Firefox, Chrome, Opera, Safari xmlhttp=new XMLHttpRequest(); } else {// code for IE6, IE5 xmlhttp=new ActiveXObject("Microsoft.XMLHTTP"); } xmlhttp.onreadystatechange=function() { if (xmlhttp.readyState==4 && xmlhttp.status==200) { document.getElementById(amountsys).innerHTML=xmlhttp.responseText; } } xmlhttp.open("GET","fee.php?year="+year+"&reg="+reg+"&sem="+sem+"&sub="+values,true); xmlhttp.send(); } </script> </head> <form id="registration" name="registration" action=subverify.php method=POST></br></br> <center> Backlog Subjects for <b>08KN1A1219</b> </br></br> <table border='1'><tr> <th width='40'>&nbsp;</th><th width='90'>Regulation</th><th width='40'>Year</th> <th width='40'>Sem</th><th width='350'>Subname</th> <th width='70'>Internals</th><th width='70'>Externals</th> </tr><div id="ys41"><tr> <td width='40'><center><input type="checkbox" name="sub[]" value="344" onclick="check_value(4,1)"></center></td> <td width='90'><center>R07</center></td><td width='40'><center>4</center></td><td width='40'><center>1</center></td> <td width='350'>EMBEDDED SYSTEMS</td><td width='70'><center>18</center></td> <td width='70'><center>17</center></td></tr><tr><td colspan=5 align=right><b>Subjects: </b><input size=2 type=textbox id=subjects41 name=subjects41 value=0 maxlength=2 readonly=readonly></td> <td align=right><b>Amount :</b></td> <input type='hidden' name='regulation' id=regulationsubjects41 value='R07'> <td><div id="amount41"><input type="textbox" name="amountval41" value="0" size="5" maxlength="5" readonly="readonly"></div></td></tr></div><div id="ys42"><tr> <td width='40'><center><input type="checkbox" name="sub[]" value="527" onclick="check_value(4,2)"></center></td> <td width='90'><center>R07</center></td><td width='40'><center>4</center></td><td width='40'><center>2</center></td> <td width='350'>DESIGN PATTERNS</td><td width='70'><center>12</center></td> <td width='70'><center>14</center></td></tr><tr><td colspan=5 align=right><b>Subjects: </b><input size=2 type=textbox id=subjects42 name=subjects42 value=0 maxlength=2 readonly=readonly></td> <td align=right><b>Amount :</b></td> <input type='hidden' name='regulation' id=regulationsubjects42 value='R07'> <td><div id="amount42"><input type="textbox" name="amountval42" value="0" size="5" maxlength="5" readonly="readonly"></div></td></tr></div><tr><td colspan=7><center><b><div id="maintotal"><input type="textbox" name="maintotal" value="0" size="5" maxlength="5" readonly="readonly"></div></center></b></td></tr><tr></tr></table></br></br> <center><input type='hidden' name='htno' value='08KN1A1219'> <input type='submit' value='Register'></center></form></br> this is a output of a php file with using dynamic data in the form i want to count only the checkboxes in the div and it has to display in that subjectsdiv like subjects41 and subjects42 can any one please help me to update this javascript it passes some ajax request for displaying the fee

    Read the article

  • Localhost not working after installing PHP on Mountain Lion

    - by zen
    I've installed php using brew install php54 --with-mysql, I've set up all the path correctly. which php will give me /usr/local/bin/php php -v will give me PHP 5.4.8 (cli) (built: Nov 20 2012 09:29:31) php --ini will give me: Configuration File (php.ini) Path: /usr/local/etc/php/5.4 Loaded Configuration File: /usr/local/etc/php/5.4/php.ini Scan for additional .ini files in: /usr/local/etc/php/5.4/conf.d Additional .ini files parsed: (none) apachectl -V | grep httpd.conf will give me -D SERVER_CONFIG_FILE="/private/etc/apache2/httpd.conf" I believe everything is correct, but after I restarted my apache I keep getting error Service Temporarily Unavailable The server is temporarily unable to service your request due to maintenance downtime or capacity problems. Please try again later. This is my httpd.conf file: # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "log/foo_log" # with ServerRoot set to "/usr" will be interpreted by the # server as "/usr/log/foo_log". # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "/usr" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 127.0.0.1:80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # LoadModule authn_file_module libexec/apache2/mod_authn_file.so LoadModule authn_dbm_module libexec/apache2/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_anon_module libexec/apache2/mod_authn_anon.so LoadModule authn_dbd_module libexec/apache2/mod_authn_dbd.so LoadModule authn_default_module libexec/apache2/mod_authn_default.so LoadModule authz_host_module libexec/apache2/mod_authz_host.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module libexec/apache2/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_user_module libexec/apache2/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule authz_dbm_module libexec/apache2/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_owner_module libexec/apache2/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authz_default_module libexec/apache2/mod_authz_default.so LoadModule auth_basic_module libexec/apache2/mod_auth_basic.so LoadModule auth_digest_module libexec/apache2/mod_auth_digest.so LoadModule cache_module libexec/apache2/mod_cache.so LoadModule disk_cache_module libexec/apache2/mod_disk_cache.so LoadModule mem_cache_module libexec/apache2/mod_mem_cache.so LoadModule dbd_module libexec/apache2/mod_dbd.so LoadModule dumpio_module libexec/apache2/mod_dumpio.so LoadModule reqtimeout_module libexec/apache2/mod_reqtimeout.so LoadModule ext_filter_module libexec/apache2/mod_ext_filter.so LoadModule include_module libexec/apache2/mod_include.so LoadModule filter_module libexec/apache2/mod_filter.so LoadModule substitute_module libexec/apache2/mod_substitute.so LoadModule deflate_module libexec/apache2/mod_deflate.so LoadModule log_config_module libexec/apache2/mod_log_config.so LoadModule log_forensic_module libexec/apache2/mod_log_forensic.so LoadModule logio_module libexec/apache2/mod_logio.so LoadModule env_module libexec/apache2/mod_env.so LoadModule mime_magic_module libexec/apache2/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule cern_meta_module libexec/apache2/mod_cern_meta.so LoadModule expires_module libexec/apache2/mod_expires.so LoadModule headers_module libexec/apache2/mod_headers.so LoadModule ident_module libexec/apache2/mod_ident.so LoadModule usertrack_module libexec/apache2/mod_usertrack.so #LoadModule unique_id_module libexec/apache2/mod_unique_id.so LoadModule setenvif_module libexec/apache2/mod_setenvif.so LoadModule version_module libexec/apache2/mod_version.so LoadModule proxy_module libexec/apache2/mod_proxy.so LoadModule proxy_connect_module libexec/apache2/mod_proxy_connect.so LoadModule proxy_ftp_module libexec/apache2/mod_proxy_ftp.so LoadModule proxy_http_module libexec/apache2/mod_proxy_http.so LoadModule proxy_scgi_module libexec/apache2/mod_proxy_scgi.so LoadModule proxy_ajp_module libexec/apache2/mod_proxy_ajp.so LoadModule proxy_balancer_module libexec/apache2/mod_proxy_balancer.so LoadModule ssl_module libexec/apache2/mod_ssl.so LoadModule mime_module libexec/apache2/mod_mime.so LoadModule dav_module libexec/apache2/mod_dav.so LoadModule status_module libexec/apache2/mod_status.so LoadModule autoindex_module libexec/apache2/mod_autoindex.so LoadModule asis_module libexec/apache2/mod_asis.so LoadModule info_module libexec/apache2/mod_info.so LoadModule cgi_module libexec/apache2/mod_cgi.so LoadModule dav_fs_module libexec/apache2/mod_dav_fs.so LoadModule vhost_alias_module libexec/apache2/mod_vhost_alias.so LoadModule negotiation_module libexec/apache2/mod_negotiation.so LoadModule dir_module libexec/apache2/mod_dir.so LoadModule imagemap_module libexec/apache2/mod_imagemap.so LoadModule actions_module libexec/apache2/mod_actions.so LoadModule speling_module libexec/apache2/mod_speling.so LoadModule userdir_module libexec/apache2/mod_userdir.so LoadModule alias_module libexec/apache2/mod_alias.so LoadModule rewrite_module libexec/apache2/mod_rewrite.so #LoadModule perl_module libexec/apache2/mod_perl.so LoadModule php5_module local/Cellar/php54/5.4.8/libexec/apache2/libphp5.so #LoadModule hfs_apple_module libexec/apache2/mod_hfs_apple.so <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User _www Group _www </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin [email protected] # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # #ServerName www.example.com:80 # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "/Library/WebServer/Documents" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Deny from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "/Library/WebServer/Documents"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride None # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.([Hh][Tt]|[Dd][Ss]_[Ss])"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </FilesMatch> # # Apple specific filesystem protection. # <Files "rsrc"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </Files> <DirectoryMatch ".*\.\.namedfork"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </DirectoryMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog "/private/var/log/apache2/error_log" # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog "/private/var/log/apache2/access_log" common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog "/private/var/log/apache2/access_log" combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http://www.example.com/bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAliasMatch ^/cgi-bin/((?!(?i:webobjects)).*$) "/Library/WebServer/CGI-Executables/$1" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock /private/var/run/cgisock </IfModule> # # "/Library/WebServer/CGI-Executables" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "/Library/WebServer/CGI-Executables"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig /private/etc/apache2/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddType text/html .shtml #AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile /private/etc/apache2/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http://www.example.com/subscription_info.html # # # MaxRanges: Maximum number of Ranges in a request before # returning the entire resource, or one of the special # values 'default', 'none' or 'unlimited'. # Default setting is to accept 200 Ranges. #MaxRanges unlimited # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # 6894961 TraceEnable off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the /private/etc/apache2/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) Include /private/etc/apache2/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages #Include /private/etc/apache2/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings Include /private/etc/apache2/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings Include /private/etc/apache2/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories Include /private/etc/apache2/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include /private/etc/apache2/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts #Include /private/etc/apache2/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual Include /private/etc/apache2/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include /private/etc/apache2/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include /private/etc/apache2/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections #Include /private/etc/apache2/extra/httpd-ssl.conf # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> Include /private/etc/apache2/other/*.conf Please help me, I've spent 2 days trying to make it work. Btw error log keep saying [Tue Nov 20 10:47:40 2012] [error] proxy: HTTP: disabled connection for (localhost) and [Tue Nov 20 11:59:32 2012] [error] (61)Connection refused: proxy: HTTP: attempt to connect to [fe80::1]:20559 (localhost) failed

    Read the article

  • Setting up Mono/ASP.NET 4.0 on Apache2/Ubuntu: Virtual hosts?

    - by Dave
    I'm attempting to setup Mono/ASP.NET 4.0 on my Apache server (which is running on Ubuntu). Thus far, I've been following a few tutorials/scripts supplied here, and here. As of now: Apache 2.2 is installed (accessible via 'localhost') Mono 2.10.5 is installed However, I'm struggling to configure Apache correctly... apparently the Virtual Host setting isn't doing its job and invoking the mod_mono plugin, nor is it even pulling source from the proper directory. While the Virtual Host setting points to '\srv\www\localhost', it clearly is pulling content instead from 'var/www/', which I've found is the default DocumentRoot for virtual hosts. I can confirm: "/opt/mono-2.10/bin/mod-mono-server4" exists. Virtual hosts file is being read, since undoing the comment in the main httpd.conf changed the root directory from 'htdocs' to 'var/www/' The Mono installation is at least semi-capable of running ASP 4.0, as evidenced by running XSP, navigating to 0.0.0.0:8080/ and getting an ASP.NET style error page with "Mono ASP 4.0.x" at the bottom. Can anyone point out how to fix these configurations and get Mono linked up with Apache? Here are my configs and relevant information: /usr/local/apache2/conf/httpd.conf: # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "logs/foo_log" # with ServerRoot set to "/usr/local/apache2" will be interpreted by the # server as "/usr/local/apache2/logs/foo_log". # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "/usr/local/apache2" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User daemon Group daemon </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin david@localhost # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # ServerName localhost:80 # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "/usr/local/apache2/htdocs" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Deny from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "/usr/local/apache2/htdocs"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride None # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </FilesMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog "logs/error_log" # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog "logs/access_log" common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog "logs/access_log" combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http://www.example.com/bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "/usr/local/apache2/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "/usr/local/apache2/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "/usr/local/apache2/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig conf/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddType text/html .shtml #AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile conf/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http://www.example.com/subscription_info.html # # # MaxRanges: Maximum number of Ranges in a request before # returning the entire resource, or 0 for unlimited # Default setting is to accept 200 Ranges #MaxRanges 0 # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the conf/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include conf/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages #Include conf/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings #Include conf/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories #Include conf/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include conf/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts Include conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include conf/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include conf/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections #Include conf/extra/httpd-ssl.conf # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> * /usr/local/apache2/conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf * # # Virtual Hosts # # If you want to maintain multiple domains/hostnames on your # machine you can setup VirtualHost containers for them. Most configurations # use only name-based virtual hosts so the server doesn't need to worry about # IP addresses. This is indicated by the asterisks in the directives below. # # Please see the documentation at # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/vhosts/> # for further details before you try to setup virtual hosts. # # You may use the command line option '-S' to verify your virtual host # configuration. # # Use name-based virtual hosting. # NameVirtualHost *:80 # # VirtualHost example: # Almost any Apache directive may go into a VirtualHost container. # The first VirtualHost section is used for all requests that do not # match a ServerName or ServerAlias in any <VirtualHost> block. # <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName localhost ServerAdmin david@localhost DocumentRoot "/srv/www/localhost" # MonoServerPath can be changed to specify which version of ASP.NET is hosted # mod-mono-server1 = ASP.NET 1.1 / mod-mono-server2 = ASP.NET 2.0 # For SUSE Linux Enterprise Mono Extension, uncomment the line below: # MonoServerPath localhost "/opt/novell/mono/bin/mod-mono-server2" # For Mono on openSUSE, uncomment the line below instead: MonoServerPath localhost "/opt/mono-2.10/bin/mod-mono-server4" # To obtain line numbers in stack traces you need to do two things: # 1) Enable Debug code generation in your page by using the Debug="true" # page directive, or by setting <compilation debug="true" /> in the # application's Web.config # 2) Uncomment the MonoDebug true directive below to enable mod_mono debugging MonoDebug localhost true # The MONO_IOMAP environment variable can be configured to provide platform abstraction # for file access in Linux. Valid values for MONO_IOMAP are: # case # drive # all # Uncomment the line below to alter file access behavior for the configured application MonoSetEnv localhost PATH=/opt/mono-2.10/bin:$PATH;LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/opt/mono-2.10/lib:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH; # # Additional environtment variables can be set for this server instance using # the MonoSetEnv directive. MonoSetEnv takes a string of 'name=value' pairs # separated by semicolons. For instance, to enable platform abstraction *and* # use Mono's old regular expression interpreter (which is slower, but has a # shorter setup time), uncomment the line below instead: # MonoSetEnv localhost MONO_IOMAP=all;MONO_OLD_RX=1 MonoApplications localhost "/:/srv/www/localhost" <Location "/"> Allow from all Order allow,deny MonoSetServerAlias localhost SetHandler mono SetOutputFilter DEFLATE SetEnvIfNoCase Request_URI "\.(?:gif|jpe?g|png)$" no-gzip dont-vary </Location> <IfModule mod_deflate.c> AddOutputFilterByType DEFLATE text/html text/plain text/xml text/javascript </IfModule> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:80> ServerAdmin [email protected] DocumentRoot "/usr/local/apache2/docs/dummy-host.example.com" ServerName dummy-host.example.com ServerAlias www.dummy-host.example.com ErrorLog "logs/dummy-host.example.com-error_log" CustomLog "logs/dummy-host.example.com-access_log" common </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:80> ServerAdmin [email protected] DocumentRoot "/usr/local/apache2/docs/dummy-host2.example.com" ServerName dummy-host2.example.com ErrorLog "logs/dummy-host2.example.com-error_log" CustomLog "logs/dummy-host2.example.com-access_log" common </VirtualHost> mono -V output: root@david-ubuntu:~# mono -V Mono JIT compiler version 2.6.7 (Debian 2.6.7-5ubuntu3) Copyright (C) 2002-2010 Novell, Inc and Contributors. www.mono-project.com TLS: __thread GC: Included Boehm (with typed GC and Parallel Mark) SIGSEGV: altstack Notifications: epoll Architecture: amd64 Disabled: none

    Read the article

  • htaccess rewriterule works in one virtualhost, but not a second virtualhost

    - by Casey Flynn
    I have two virtualhosts configured with xampp on mac os x snow lion. Both use the following .htaccess file. <IfModule mod_rewrite.c> RewriteEngine On RewriteBase / # Protect hidden files from being viewed <Files .*> Order Deny,Allow Deny From All </Files> #Removes access to the system folder by users. #Additionally this will allow you to create a System.php controller, #previously this would not have been possible. #'system' can be replaced if you have renamed your system folder. RewriteCond %{REQUEST_URI} ^system.* RewriteRule ^(.*)$ /index.php?/$1 [L] #When your application folder isn't in the system folder #This snippet prevents user access to the application folder #Submitted by: Fabdrol #Rename 'application' to your applications folder name. RewriteCond %{REQUEST_URI} ^application.* RewriteRule ^(.*)$ /index.php?/$1 [L] #Checks to see if the user is attempting to access a valid file, #such as an image or css document, if this isn't true it sends the #request to index.php RewriteCond %{REQUEST_FILENAME} !-f RewriteCond %{REQUEST_FILENAME} !-d RewriteRule ^(.*)$ index.php/$01 [L] # If we don't have mod_rewrite installed, all 404's # can be sent to index.php, and everything works as normal. # Submitted by: ElliotHaughin ErrorDocument 404 /index.php My goal is to eliminate /index.php/ from my url strings. This htaccess works perfectly for one project, but not for the other (project/vhost) This is my vhosts.conf # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "logs/foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "/Applications/xampp/xamppfiles" will be interpreted by the # server as "/Applications/xampp/xamppfiles/logs/foo.log". # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "/Applications/XAMPP/xamppfiles" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # LoadModule authn_file_module modules/mod_authn_file.so LoadModule authn_dbm_module modules/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_anon_module modules/mod_authn_anon.so LoadModule authn_dbd_module modules/mod_authn_dbd.so LoadModule authn_default_module modules/mod_authn_default.so LoadModule authz_host_module modules/mod_authz_host.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_user_module modules/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule authz_dbm_module modules/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_owner_module modules/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so LoadModule authz_default_module modules/mod_authz_default.so LoadModule auth_basic_module modules/mod_auth_basic.so LoadModule auth_digest_module modules/mod_auth_digest.so LoadModule file_cache_module modules/mod_file_cache.so LoadModule cache_module modules/mod_cache.so LoadModule disk_cache_module modules/mod_disk_cache.so LoadModule mem_cache_module modules/mod_mem_cache.so LoadModule dbd_module modules/mod_dbd.so LoadModule bucketeer_module modules/mod_bucketeer.so LoadModule dumpio_module modules/mod_dumpio.so LoadModule echo_module modules/mod_echo.so LoadModule case_filter_module modules/mod_case_filter.so LoadModule case_filter_in_module modules/mod_case_filter_in.so LoadModule ext_filter_module modules/mod_ext_filter.so LoadModule include_module modules/mod_include.so LoadModule filter_module modules/mod_filter.so LoadModule charset_lite_module modules/mod_charset_lite.so LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so LoadModule log_config_module modules/mod_log_config.so LoadModule logio_module modules/mod_logio.so LoadModule env_module modules/mod_env.so LoadModule mime_magic_module modules/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule cern_meta_module modules/mod_cern_meta.so LoadModule expires_module modules/mod_expires.so LoadModule headers_module modules/mod_headers.so LoadModule ident_module modules/mod_ident.so LoadModule usertrack_module modules/mod_usertrack.so LoadModule unique_id_module modules/mod_unique_id.so LoadModule setenvif_module modules/mod_setenvif.so LoadModule proxy_module modules/mod_proxy.so LoadModule proxy_connect_module modules/mod_proxy_connect.so LoadModule proxy_ftp_module modules/mod_proxy_ftp.so LoadModule proxy_http_module modules/mod_proxy_http.so LoadModule proxy_ajp_module modules/mod_proxy_ajp.so LoadModule proxy_balancer_module modules/mod_proxy_balancer.so LoadModule mime_module modules/mod_mime.so LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so LoadModule autoindex_module modules/mod_autoindex.so LoadModule asis_module modules/mod_asis.so LoadModule info_module modules/mod_info.so LoadModule suexec_module modules/mod_suexec.so LoadModule cgi_module modules/mod_cgi.so LoadModule cgid_module modules/mod_cgid.so LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so LoadModule vhost_alias_module modules/mod_vhost_alias.so LoadModule negotiation_module modules/mod_negotiation.so LoadModule dir_module modules/mod_dir.so LoadModule imagemap_module modules/mod_imagemap.so LoadModule actions_module modules/mod_actions.so LoadModule speling_module modules/mod_speling.so LoadModule userdir_module modules/mod_userdir.so LoadModule alias_module modules/mod_alias.so LoadModule rewrite_module modules/mod_rewrite.so #LoadModule apreq_module modules/mod_apreq2.so LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so <IfDefine JUSTTOMAKEAPXSHAPPY> LoadModule php4_module modules/libphp4.so LoadModule php5_module modules/libphp5.so </IfDefine> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User nobody Group nogroup </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin [email protected] # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # #ServerName www.example.com:80 # XAMPP ServerName localhost # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "/Users/caseyflynn/Documents/workspace/vibecompass" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None #XAMPP #Order deny,allow #Deny from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "/Users/caseyflynn/Documents/workspace/vibecompass"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks ExecCGI Includes # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride All # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html index.php index.htmls index.htm </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all </FilesMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog logs/error_log # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog logs/access_log common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog logs/access_log combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http://www.example.com/bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "/Applications/XAMPP/xamppfiles/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "/Applications/xampp/xamppfiles/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "/Applications/XAMPP/xamppfiles/phpmyadmin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig etc/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi AddHandler cgi-script .cgi .pl # For files that include their own HTTP headers: #AddHandler send-as-is asis # For server-parsed imagemap files: #AddHandler imap-file map # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # AddType text/html .shtml AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile etc/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http://www.example.com/subscription_info.html # # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # EnableMMAP off EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the /Applications/xampp/etc/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings #Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-ssl.conf <IfModule ssl_module> <IfDefine SSL> Include etc/extra/httpd-ssl.conf </IfDefine> </IfModule> # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> #XAMPP Include etc/extra/httpd-xampp.conf Any idea what might be the root of this? ANSWER: had to add this to my httpd.conf file <Directory /Users/caseyflynn/Documents/workspace/cobar> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride all #XAMPP Order deny,allow Allow from all </Directory>

    Read the article

  • Windows could not start Apache 2 on the local computer

    - by andig
    After installing PHP 5.3, Windows is unable to start Apache 2.2. Apache's error log is empty, no error message on startup: C:\Programme\Apache\bin>httpd -k start C:\Programme\Apache\bin>httpd -k stop The Apache2.2 service is not started. C:\Programme\Apache\bin>httpd -k config Reconfiguring the Apache2.2 service The Apache2.2 service is successfully installed. Testing httpd.conf.... Errors reported here must be corrected before the service can be started. I have no clue where to look for the cause. php5apache2_2.dll is copied to the Apache modules folder. The configuration looks like this: LoadModule php5_module modules/php5apache2_2.dll PHPIniDir "C:/programme/php" Where and how can I start diagnosis? The only hint I have so far is that startup fails as soon as a PHP module is enabled in the configuration. Is there a way to get more details out of the Apache startup process? This is the http.conf: # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "logs/foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "C:/Programme/Apache" will be interpreted by the # server as "C:/Programme/Apache/logs/foo.log". # # NOTE: Where filenames are specified, you must use forward slashes # instead of backslashes (e.g., "c:/apache" instead of "c:\apache"). # If a drive letter is omitted, the drive on which httpd.exe is located # will be used by default. It is recommended that you always supply # an explicit drive letter in absolute paths to avoid confusion. # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "C:/Programme/Apache" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # LoadModule actions_module modules/mod_actions.so LoadModule alias_module modules/mod_alias.so LoadModule asis_module modules/mod_asis.so LoadModule auth_basic_module modules/mod_auth_basic.so #LoadModule auth_digest_module modules/mod_auth_digest.so #LoadModule authn_alias_module modules/mod_authn_alias.so #LoadModule authn_anon_module modules/mod_authn_anon.so #LoadModule authn_dbd_module modules/mod_authn_dbd.so #LoadModule authn_dbm_module modules/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_default_module modules/mod_authn_default.so LoadModule authn_file_module modules/mod_authn_file.so #LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so #LoadModule authz_dbm_module modules/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_default_module modules/mod_authz_default.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_host_module modules/mod_authz_host.so #LoadModule authz_owner_module modules/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authz_user_module modules/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule autoindex_module modules/mod_autoindex.so #LoadModule cache_module modules/mod_cache.so #LoadModule cern_meta_module modules/mod_cern_meta.so LoadModule cgi_module modules/mod_cgi.so #LoadModule charset_lite_module modules/mod_charset_lite.so #LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so #LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so #LoadModule dav_lock_module modules/mod_dav_lock.so #LoadModule dbd_module modules/mod_dbd.so #LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so LoadModule dir_module modules/mod_dir.so #LoadModule disk_cache_module modules/mod_disk_cache.so #LoadModule dumpio_module modules/mod_dumpio.so LoadModule env_module modules/mod_env.so #LoadModule expires_module modules/mod_expires.so #LoadModule ext_filter_module modules/mod_ext_filter.so #LoadModule file_cache_module modules/mod_file_cache.so #LoadModule filter_module modules/mod_filter.so #LoadModule headers_module modules/mod_headers.so #LoadModule ident_module modules/mod_ident.so #LoadModule imagemap_module modules/mod_imagemap.so LoadModule include_module modules/mod_include.so #LoadModule info_module modules/mod_info.so LoadModule isapi_module modules/mod_isapi.so #LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so #LoadModule logio_module modules/mod_logio.so LoadModule log_config_module modules/mod_log_config.so #LoadModule log_forensic_module modules/mod_log_forensic.so #LoadModule mem_cache_module modules/mod_mem_cache.so LoadModule mime_module modules/mod_mime.so #LoadModule mime_magic_module modules/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule negotiation_module modules/mod_negotiation.so #LoadModule proxy_module modules/mod_proxy.so #LoadModule proxy_ajp_module modules/mod_proxy_ajp.so #LoadModule proxy_balancer_module modules/mod_proxy_balancer.so #LoadModule proxy_connect_module modules/mod_proxy_connect.so #LoadModule proxy_ftp_module modules/mod_proxy_ftp.so #LoadModule proxy_http_module modules/mod_proxy_http.so #LoadModule proxy_scgi_module modules/mod_proxy_scgi.so #LoadModule reqtimeout_module modules/mod_reqtimeout.so #LoadModule rewrite_module modules/mod_rewrite.so LoadModule setenvif_module modules/mod_setenvif.so #LoadModule speling_module modules/mod_speling.so #LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so #LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so #LoadModule substitute_module modules/mod_substitute.so #LoadModule unique_id_module modules/mod_unique_id.so #LoadModule userdir_module modules/mod_userdir.so #LoadModule usertrack_module modules/mod_usertrack.so #LoadModule version_module modules/mod_version.so #LoadModule vhost_alias_module modules/mod_vhost_alias.so #!! LoadModule php5_module modules/php5apache2_2.dll PHPIniDir "C:/programme/php" <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User daemon Group daemon </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin [email protected] # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # #ServerName localhost:8080 # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "C:/data/htdocs" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Deny from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "C:/data/htdocs"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride None # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </FilesMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog "logs/error.log" # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel debug <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog "logs/access.log" common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog "logs/access.log" combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http://localhost/bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "C:/Programme/Apache/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "C:/Programme/Apache/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "C:/Programme/Apache/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig conf/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddType text/html .shtml #AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile conf/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http://localhost/subscription_info.html # # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the conf/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include conf/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages #Include conf/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings #Include conf/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories #Include conf/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include conf/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts #Include conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include conf/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include conf/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections #Include conf/extra/httpd-ssl.conf # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> #!! <IfModule mod_php5.c> AddType application/x-httpd-php .php AddType application/x-httpd-php .php5 AddType application/x-httpd-php-source .phps </IfModule>

    Read the article

  • Ubuntu and Windows 8 shared partition gets corrupted

    - by Bruno-P
    I have a dual boot (Ubuntu 12.04 and Windows 8) system. Both systems have access to an NTFS "DATA" partition which contains all my images, documents, music and some application data like Chrome and Thunderbird Profiles which used by both OS. Everything was working fine in my Dual boot Ubuntu/Windows 7, but after updating to Windows 8 I am having a lot of troubles. First, sometimes, I add some files from Ubuntu into my DATA partition but they don't show up in Windows. Sometimes, I can't even use the DATA partition from Windows. When I try to save a file it gives an error "The directory or file is corrupted or unreadable". I need to run checkdisk to fix it but after some time, same error appears. Before upgrading to Windows 8 I also installed a new hard drive and copied the old data using clonezilla (full disk clone). Here is the log of my last chkdisk: Chkdsk was executed in read/write mode. Checking file system on D: Volume dismounted. All opened handles to this volume are now invalid. Volume label is DATA. CHKDSK is verifying files (stage 1 of 3)... Deleted corrupt attribute list entry with type code 128 in file 67963. Unable to find child frs 0x12a3f with sequence number 0x15. The attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x1097b has allocated length of 0x560000 instead of 0x427000. Deleted corrupt attribute list entry with type code 128 in file 67963. Unable to locate attribute with instance tag 0x2 and segment reference 0x1e00000001097b. The expected attribute type is 0x80. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 67963. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x3 is cross linked starting at 0x2431b2 for possibly 0x20 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x3 in file 0x1791e is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 96542. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x4 is cross linked starting at 0x6bc7 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x4 in file 0x17e83 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 97923. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x4 is cross linked starting at 0x1f7cec for possibly 0x5 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x4 in file 0x17eaf is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 97967. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x441bd7f for possibly 0x9 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x32085 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 204933. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4457850 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x320be is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 204990. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4859249 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x3726b is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 225899. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x485d309 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x3726c is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 225900. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x48a47de for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x37286 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 225926. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x48ac80b for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x37287 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 225927. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x48ae7ef for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x37288 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 225928. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x48af7f8 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x3728a is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 225930. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x48c39b6 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x37292 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 225938. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x495d37a for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x372d7 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226007. Attribute record of type 0xa0 and instance tag 0x5 is cross linked starting at 0x4d0bd38 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0xa0 and instance tag 0x5 in file 0x372dc is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (160, $I30) from file record segment 226012. Attribute record of type 0xa0 and instance tag 0x5 is cross linked starting at 0x4c2d9bc for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0xa0 and instance tag 0x5 in file 0x372ed is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (160, $I30) from file record segment 226029. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4a4c1c3 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x37354 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226132. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4a8e639 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x37376 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226166. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4a8f6eb for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x37379 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226169. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4ae1aa8 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x37391 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226193. Attribute record of type 0xa0 and instance tag 0x5 is cross linked starting at 0x4b00d45 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0xa0 and instance tag 0x5 in file 0x37396 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (160, $I30) from file record segment 226198. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4b02d50 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x3739c is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226204. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4b3407a for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x373a8 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226216. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4bd8a1b for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x373db is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226267. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4bd9a28 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x373dd is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226269. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4c2fb24 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x373f3 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226291. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4cb67e9 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x37424 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226340. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4cba829 for possibly 0x2 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x37425 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226341. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4cbe868 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x37427 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226343. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4cbf878 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x37428 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226344. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4cc58d8 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x3742a is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226346. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4ccc943 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x3742b is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226347. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4cd199b for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x3742d is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226349. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4cd29a8 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x3742f is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226351. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4cd39b8 for possibly 0x2 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x37430 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226352. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4cd49c8 for possibly 0x2 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x37432 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226354. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4cd9a16 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x37435 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226357. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4cdca46 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x37436 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226358. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4ce0a78 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x37437 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226359. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4ce6ad9 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x3743a is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226362. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4cebb28 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x3743b is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226363. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4ceeb67 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x3743d is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226365. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4cf4bc6 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x3743e is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226366. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4cfbc3a for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x37440 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226368. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4cfcc48 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x37442 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226370. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4d02ca9 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x37443 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226371. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4d06ce8 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x37444 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226372. Attribute record of type 0xa0 and instance tag 0x5 is cross linked starting at 0x4d9a608 for possibly 0x2 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0xa0 and instance tag 0x5 in file 0x37449 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (160, $I30) from file record segment 226377. Attribute record of type 0xa0 and instance tag 0x5 is cross linked starting at 0x4d844ab for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0xa0 and instance tag 0x5 in file 0x3744b is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (160, $I30) from file record segment 226379. Attribute record of type 0xa0 and instance tag 0x5 is cross linked starting at 0x4d6c32b for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0xa0 and instance tag 0x5 in file 0x3744c is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (160, $I30) from file record segment 226380. Attribute record of type 0xa0 and instance tag 0x5 is cross linked starting at 0x4d2af25 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0xa0 and instance tag 0x5 in file 0x3744e is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (160, $I30) from file record segment 226382. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4d0fd78 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 in file 0x37451 is already in use. Deleting corrupt attribute record (128, "") from file record segment 226385. Attribute record of type 0x80 and instance tag 0x2 is cross linked starting at 0x4d16ef8 for possibly 0x1 clusters. Some clusters occupied by attribute of type 0x8 Can anyone help? Thank you

    Read the article

  • Apache won't accept external requests

    - by Eric
    I am running Apache 2.2 on windows and I would like to access it remotely. Currently I can only access it from my local machine. I know the problem is not port forwarding because I tested it with other web servers (written in python). My httpd.conf file is below. I installed apache with the PHP installer. # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "logs/foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2" will be interpreted by the # server as "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/logs/foo.log". # # NOTE: Where filenames are specified, you must use forward slashes # instead of backslashes (e.g., "c:/apache" instead of "c:\apache"). # If a drive letter is omitted, the drive on which httpd.exe is located # will be used by default. It is recommended that you always supply # an explicit drive letter in absolute paths to avoid confusion. # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # LoadModule actions_module modules/mod_actions.so LoadModule alias_module modules/mod_alias.so LoadModule asis_module modules/mod_asis.so LoadModule auth_basic_module modules/mod_auth_basic.so #LoadModule auth_digest_module modules/mod_auth_digest.so #LoadModule authn_alias_module modules/mod_authn_alias.so #LoadModule authn_anon_module modules/mod_authn_anon.so #LoadModule authn_dbd_module modules/mod_authn_dbd.so #LoadModule authn_dbm_module modules/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_default_module modules/mod_authn_default.so LoadModule authn_file_module modules/mod_authn_file.so #LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so #LoadModule authz_dbm_module modules/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_default_module modules/mod_authz_default.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_host_module modules/mod_authz_host.so #LoadModule authz_owner_module modules/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authz_user_module modules/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule autoindex_module modules/mod_autoindex.so #LoadModule cache_module modules/mod_cache.so #LoadModule cern_meta_module modules/mod_cern_meta.so LoadModule cgi_module modules/mod_cgi.so #LoadModule charset_lite_module modules/mod_charset_lite.so #LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so #LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so #LoadModule dav_lock_module modules/mod_dav_lock.so #LoadModule dbd_module modules/mod_dbd.so #LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so LoadModule dir_module modules/mod_dir.so #LoadModule disk_cache_module modules/mod_disk_cache.so #LoadModule dumpio_module modules/mod_dumpio.so LoadModule env_module modules/mod_env.so #LoadModule expires_module modules/mod_expires.so #LoadModule ext_filter_module modules/mod_ext_filter.so #LoadModule file_cache_module modules/mod_file_cache.so #LoadModule filter_module modules/mod_filter.so #LoadModule headers_module modules/mod_headers.so #LoadModule ident_module modules/mod_ident.so #LoadModule imagemap_module modules/mod_imagemap.so LoadModule include_module modules/mod_include.so LoadModule info_module modules/mod_info.so LoadModule isapi_module modules/mod_isapi.so #LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so #LoadModule logio_module modules/mod_logio.so LoadModule log_config_module modules/mod_log_config.so #LoadModule log_forensic_module modules/mod_log_forensic.so #LoadModule mem_cache_module modules/mod_mem_cache.so LoadModule mime_module modules/mod_mime.so #LoadModule mime_magic_module modules/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule negotiation_module modules/mod_negotiation.so #LoadModule proxy_module modules/mod_proxy.so #LoadModule proxy_ajp_module modules/mod_proxy_ajp.so #LoadModule proxy_balancer_module modules/mod_proxy_balancer.so #LoadModule proxy_connect_module modules/mod_proxy_connect.so #LoadModule proxy_ftp_module modules/mod_proxy_ftp.so #LoadModule proxy_http_module modules/mod_proxy_http.so #LoadModule reqtimeout_module modules/mod_reqtimeout.so #LoadModule rewrite_module modules/mod_rewrite.so LoadModule setenvif_module modules/mod_setenvif.so #LoadModule speling_module modules/mod_speling.so #LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so #LoadModule substitute_module modules/mod_substitute.so #LoadModule unique_id_module modules/mod_unique_id.so #LoadModule userdir_module modules/mod_userdir.so #LoadModule usertrack_module modules/mod_usertrack.so #LoadModule version_module modules/mod_version.so #LoadModule vhost_alias_module modules/mod_vhost_alias.so #LoadModule php5_module "c:/php/php5apache2_2.dll" <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User daemon Group daemon </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin [email protected] # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # #ServerName :80 # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/htdocs" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Allow from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/htdocs"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride All # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order deny,allow Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html index.php index.phtml index.htm default.html default.php default.phtml default.htm </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </FilesMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog "logs/error.log" # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog "logs/access.log" common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog "logs/access.log" combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http:///bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig conf/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddType text/html .shtml #AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml AddType application/x-httpd-php .php AddType application/x-httpd-php .phtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile conf/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http:///subscription_info.html # # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the conf/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include conf/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages #Include conf/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings #Include conf/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories #Include conf/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include conf/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts #Include conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include conf/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include conf/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections #Include conf/extra/httpd-ssl.conf # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> #PHPIniDir "c:/php" #BEGIN PHP INSTALLER EDITS - REMOVE ONLY ON UNINSTALL PHPIniDir "C:/PHP/" LoadModule php5_module "C:/PHP/php5apache2_2.dll" #END PHP INSTALLER EDITS - REMOVE ONLY ON UNINSTALL P.S sorry for the shortness of this post. I am in a rush

    Read the article

  • Apache won't accept external requests

    - by Eric
    I am running Apache 2.2 on windows and I would like to access it remotely. Currently I can only access it from my local machine. I know the problem is not port forwarding because I tested it with other web servers (written in python). My httpd.conf file is below. I installed apache with the PHP installer. # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "logs/foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2" will be interpreted by the # server as "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/logs/foo.log". # # NOTE: Where filenames are specified, you must use forward slashes # instead of backslashes (e.g., "c:/apache" instead of "c:\apache"). # If a drive letter is omitted, the drive on which httpd.exe is located # will be used by default. It is recommended that you always supply # an explicit drive letter in absolute paths to avoid confusion. # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # LoadModule actions_module modules/mod_actions.so LoadModule alias_module modules/mod_alias.so LoadModule asis_module modules/mod_asis.so LoadModule auth_basic_module modules/mod_auth_basic.so #LoadModule auth_digest_module modules/mod_auth_digest.so #LoadModule authn_alias_module modules/mod_authn_alias.so #LoadModule authn_anon_module modules/mod_authn_anon.so #LoadModule authn_dbd_module modules/mod_authn_dbd.so #LoadModule authn_dbm_module modules/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_default_module modules/mod_authn_default.so LoadModule authn_file_module modules/mod_authn_file.so #LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so #LoadModule authz_dbm_module modules/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_default_module modules/mod_authz_default.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_host_module modules/mod_authz_host.so #LoadModule authz_owner_module modules/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authz_user_module modules/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule autoindex_module modules/mod_autoindex.so #LoadModule cache_module modules/mod_cache.so #LoadModule cern_meta_module modules/mod_cern_meta.so LoadModule cgi_module modules/mod_cgi.so #LoadModule charset_lite_module modules/mod_charset_lite.so #LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so #LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so #LoadModule dav_lock_module modules/mod_dav_lock.so #LoadModule dbd_module modules/mod_dbd.so #LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so LoadModule dir_module modules/mod_dir.so #LoadModule disk_cache_module modules/mod_disk_cache.so #LoadModule dumpio_module modules/mod_dumpio.so LoadModule env_module modules/mod_env.so #LoadModule expires_module modules/mod_expires.so #LoadModule ext_filter_module modules/mod_ext_filter.so #LoadModule file_cache_module modules/mod_file_cache.so #LoadModule filter_module modules/mod_filter.so #LoadModule headers_module modules/mod_headers.so #LoadModule ident_module modules/mod_ident.so #LoadModule imagemap_module modules/mod_imagemap.so LoadModule include_module modules/mod_include.so LoadModule info_module modules/mod_info.so LoadModule isapi_module modules/mod_isapi.so #LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so #LoadModule logio_module modules/mod_logio.so LoadModule log_config_module modules/mod_log_config.so #LoadModule log_forensic_module modules/mod_log_forensic.so #LoadModule mem_cache_module modules/mod_mem_cache.so LoadModule mime_module modules/mod_mime.so #LoadModule mime_magic_module modules/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule negotiation_module modules/mod_negotiation.so #LoadModule proxy_module modules/mod_proxy.so #LoadModule proxy_ajp_module modules/mod_proxy_ajp.so #LoadModule proxy_balancer_module modules/mod_proxy_balancer.so #LoadModule proxy_connect_module modules/mod_proxy_connect.so #LoadModule proxy_ftp_module modules/mod_proxy_ftp.so #LoadModule proxy_http_module modules/mod_proxy_http.so #LoadModule reqtimeout_module modules/mod_reqtimeout.so #LoadModule rewrite_module modules/mod_rewrite.so LoadModule setenvif_module modules/mod_setenvif.so #LoadModule speling_module modules/mod_speling.so #LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so #LoadModule substitute_module modules/mod_substitute.so #LoadModule unique_id_module modules/mod_unique_id.so #LoadModule userdir_module modules/mod_userdir.so #LoadModule usertrack_module modules/mod_usertrack.so #LoadModule version_module modules/mod_version.so #LoadModule vhost_alias_module modules/mod_vhost_alias.so #LoadModule php5_module "c:/php/php5apache2_2.dll" <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User daemon Group daemon </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin [email protected] # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # #ServerName :80 # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/htdocs" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Allow from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/htdocs"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride All # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order deny,allow Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html index.php index.phtml index.htm default.html default.php default.phtml default.htm </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </FilesMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog "logs/error.log" # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog "logs/access.log" common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog "logs/access.log" combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http:///bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig conf/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddType text/html .shtml #AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml AddType application/x-httpd-php .php AddType application/x-httpd-php .phtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile conf/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http:///subscription_info.html # # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the conf/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include conf/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages #Include conf/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings #Include conf/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories #Include conf/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include conf/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts #Include conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include conf/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include conf/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections #Include conf/extra/httpd-ssl.conf # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> #PHPIniDir "c:/php" #BEGIN PHP INSTALLER EDITS - REMOVE ONLY ON UNINSTALL PHPIniDir "C:/PHP/" LoadModule php5_module "C:/PHP/php5apache2_2.dll" #END PHP INSTALLER EDITS - REMOVE ONLY ON UNINSTALL P.S sorry for the shortness of this post. I am in a rush

    Read the article

  • Django Deploy trouble

    - by i-Malignus
    Well, i've walking around this for a couples of days now... I think is time to ask for some help, i think my installation is ok... Server OS: Centos 5 Python -v 2.6.5 Django -v (1, 1, 1, 'final', 0) my apache conf: <VirtualHost *:80> DocumentRoot /opt/workshop ServerName taller.antell.com.py WSGIScriptAlias / /opt/workshop/workshop.wsgi WSGIDaemonProcess taller.antell.com.py user=ignacio group=ignacio processes=2 threads=25 ErrorLog /opt/workshop/apache.error.log CustomLog /opt/workshop/apache.custom.log combined <Directory "/opt/workshop"> Options +ExecCGI +FollowSymLinks -Indexes -MultiViews AllowOverride All Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> </VirtualHost> my mod_wsgi conf: import os import sys sys.path.append('/opt/workshop') os.environ['DJANGO_SETTINGS_MODULE'] = 'workshop.settings' os.environ['PYTHON_EGG_CACHE'] = '/tmp/.python-eggs' import django.core.handlers.wsgi application = django.core.handlers.wsgi.WSGIHandler( ) the error that i'm getting on my apache error log is: [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] mod_wsgi (pid=11459): Exception occurred processing WSGI script '/opt/workshop/workshop.wsgi'. [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] Traceback (most recent call last): [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/core/handlers/wsgi.py", line 241, in __call__ [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] response = self.get_response(request) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/core/handlers/base.py", line 134, in get_response [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] return self.handle_uncaught_exception(request, resolver, exc_info) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/core/handlers/base.py", line 154, in handle_uncaught_exception [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] return debug.technical_500_response(request, *exc_info) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/views/debug.py", line 40, in technical_500_response [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] html = reporter.get_traceback_html() [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/views/debug.py", line 114, in get_traceback_html [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] return t.render(c) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/template/__init__.py", line 178, in render [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] return self.nodelist.render(context) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/template/__init__.py", line 779, in render [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] bits.append(self.render_node(node, context)) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/template/debug.py", line 81, in render_node [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] raise wrapped [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] TemplateSyntaxError: Caught an exception while rendering: No module named vehicles [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] Original Traceback (most recent call last): [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/template/debug.py", line 71, in render_node [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] result = node.render(context) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/template/debug.py", line 87, in render [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] output = force_unicode(self.filter_expression.resolve(context)) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/template/__init__.py", line 572, in resolve [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] new_obj = func(obj, *arg_vals) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/template/defaultfilters.py", line 687, in date [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] return format(value, arg) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/utils/dateformat.py", line 269, in format [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] return df.format(format_string) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/utils/dateformat.py", line 30, in format [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] pieces.append(force_unicode(getattr(self, piece)())) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/utils/dateformat.py", line 175, in r [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] return self.format('D, j M Y H:i:s O') [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/utils/dateformat.py", line 30, in format [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] pieces.append(force_unicode(getattr(self, piece)())) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/utils/encoding.py", line 71, in force_unicode [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] s = unicode(s) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/utils/functional.py", line 201, in __unicode_cast [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] return self.__func(*self.__args, **self.__kw) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/utils/translation/__init__.py", line 62, in ugettext [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] return real_ugettext(message) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/utils/translation/trans_real.py", line 286, in ugettext [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] return do_translate(message, 'ugettext') [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/utils/translation/trans_real.py", line 276, in do_translate [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] _default = translation(settings.LANGUAGE_CODE) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/utils/translation/trans_real.py", line 194, in translation [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] default_translation = _fetch(settings.LANGUAGE_CODE) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/utils/translation/trans_real.py", line 180, in _fetch [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] app = import_module(appname) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/utils/importlib.py", line 35, in import_module [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] __import__(name) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] ImportError: No module named vehicles [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] mod_wsgi (pid=11463): Exception occurred processing WSGI script '/opt/workshop/workshop.wsgi'. [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] Traceback (most recent call last): [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/core/handlers/wsgi.py", line 241, in __call__ [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] response = self.get_response(request) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/core/handlers/base.py", line 73, in get_response [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] response = middleware_method(request) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/middleware/common.py", line 56, in process_request [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] if (not _is_valid_path(request.path_info) and [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/middleware/common.py", line 142, in _is_valid_path [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] urlresolvers.resolve(path) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/core/urlresolvers.py", line 303, in resolve [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] return get_resolver(urlconf).resolve(path) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/core/urlresolvers.py", line 218, in resolve [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] sub_match = pattern.resolve(new_path) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/core/urlresolvers.py", line 216, in resolve [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] for pattern in self.url_patterns: [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/core/urlresolvers.py", line 245, in _get_url_patterns [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] patterns = getattr(self.urlconf_module, "urlpatterns", self.urlconf_module) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/core/urlresolvers.py", line 240, in _get_urlconf_module [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] self._urlconf_module = import_module(self.urlconf_name) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] File "/opt/python2.6/lib/python2.6/site-packages/django/utils/importlib.py", line 35, in import_module [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] __import__(name) [Wed Apr 21 15:17:48 2010] [error] [client 190.128.226.122] ImportError: No module named vehicles.urls Please give my a hand, i stuck... Obviously is a problem with my vehicle module (the only one in the app), another thing is that when i try: [root@localhost workshop]# python manage.py runserver 0:8000 The app runs perfectly, i think that the problem is something near the wsgi conf, something is not clicking.... Tks... Update: workshop dir looks like... [root@localhost workshop]# ls -l total 504 -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 22706 Apr 21 15:17 apache.custom.log -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 408141 Apr 21 15:17 apache.error.log -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Apr 17 10:56 __init__.py -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 124 Apr 21 11:09 __init__.pyc -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 542 Apr 17 10:56 manage.py -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 3326 Apr 17 10:56 settings.py -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 2522 Apr 21 11:09 settings.pyc drw-r--r-- 4 root root 4096 Apr 17 10:56 templates -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 381 Apr 21 13:42 urls.py -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 398 Apr 21 13:00 urls.pyc drw-r--r-- 2 root root 4096 Apr 21 13:44 vehicles -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 38912 Apr 17 10:56 workshop.db -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 263 Apr 21 15:30 workshop.wsgi vehicles dir [root@localhost vehicles]# ls -l total 52 -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 390 Apr 17 10:56 admin.py -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 967 Apr 21 13:00 admin.pyc -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 732 Apr 17 10:56 forms.py -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 2086 Apr 21 13:00 forms.pyc -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Apr 17 10:56 __init__.py -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 133 Apr 21 11:36 __init__.pyc -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 936 Apr 17 10:56 models.py -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 1827 Apr 21 11:36 models.pyc -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 514 Apr 17 10:56 tests.py -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 989 Apr 21 13:44 tests.pyc -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 1035 Apr 17 10:56 urls.py -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 1935 Apr 21 13:00 urls.pyc -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 3164 Apr 17 10:56 views.py -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4081 Apr 21 13:00 views.pyc Update 2: this is my settings.py # Django settings for workshop project. DEBUG = True TEMPLATE_DEBUG = DEBUG ADMINS = ( ('Ignacio Rojas', '[email protected]'), ('Fabian Biedermann', '[email protected]'), ) MANAGERS = ADMINS DATABASE_ENGINE = 'sqlite3' DATABASE_NAME = '/opt/workshop/workshop.db' DATABASE_USER = '' DATABASE_PASSWORD = '' DATABASE_HOST = '' DATABASE_PORT = '' # Local time zone for this installation. Choices can be found here: # http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_tz_zones_by_name # although not all choices may be available on all operating systems. # If running in a Windows environment this must be set to the same as your # system time zone. TIME_ZONE = 'America/Asuncion' # Language code for this installation. All choices can be found here: # http://www.i18nguy.com/unicode/language-identifiers.html LANGUAGE_CODE = 'es-py' SITE_ID = 1 # If you set this to False, Django will make some optimizations so as not # to load the internationalization machinery. USE_I18N = True # Absolute path to the directory that holds media. # Example: "/home/media/media.lawrence.com/" MEDIA_ROOT = '' # URL that handles the media served from MEDIA_ROOT. Make sure to use a # trailing slash if there is a path component (optional in other cases). # Examples: "http://media.lawrence.com", "http://example.com/media/" MEDIA_URL = '' # URL prefix for admin media -- CSS, JavaScript and images. Make sure to use a # trailing slash. # Examples: "http://foo.com/media/", "/media/". ADMIN_MEDIA_PREFIX = '/media/' # Make this unique, and don't share it with anybody. SECRET_KEY = '11y0_jb=+b4^nq@2-fo#g$-ihk5*v&d5-8hg_y0i@*9$w8jalp' MIDDLEWARE_CLASSES = ( 'django.middleware.common.CommonMiddleware', 'django.contrib.sessions.middleware.SessionMiddleware', 'django.contrib.auth.middleware.AuthenticationMiddleware', ) ROOT_URLCONF = 'workshop.urls' TEMPLATE_DIRS = ( # Put strings here, like "/home/html/django_templates" or "C:/www/django/templates". # Always use forward slashes, even on Windows. # Don't forget to use absolute paths, not relative paths. "/opt/workshop/templates" ) INSTALLED_APPS = ( 'django.contrib.admin', 'django.contrib.auth', 'django.contrib.contenttypes', 'django.contrib.sessions', 'django.contrib.sites', 'workshop.vehicles', ) TEMPLATE_CONTEXT_PROCESSORS = ( 'django.core.context_processors.auth', 'django.core.context_processors.debug', 'django.core.context_processors.i18n', 'django.core.context_processors.media', )

    Read the article

  • How to tell endianness from this output?

    - by Nick Rosencrantz
    I'm running this example program and I'm suppossed to be able to tell from the output what machine type it is. I'm certain it's from inspecting one or two values but how should I perform this inspection? /* pointers.c - Test pointers * Written 2012 by F Lundevall * Copyright abandoned. This file is in the public domain. * * To make this program work on as many systems as possible, * addresses are converted to unsigned long when printed. * The 'l' in formatting-codes %ld and %lx means a long operand. */ #include <stdio.h> #include <stdlib.h> int * ip; /* Declare a pointer to int, a.k.a. int pointer. */ char * cp; /* Pointer to char, a.k.a. char pointer. */ /* Declare fp as a pointer to function, where that function * has one parameter of type int and returns an int. * Use cdecl to get the syntax right, http://cdecl.org/ */ int ( *fp )( int ); int val1 = 111111; int val2 = 222222; int ia[ 17 ]; /* Declare an array of 17 ints, numbered 0 through 16. */ char ca[ 17 ]; /* Declare an array of 17 chars. */ int fun( int parm ) { printf( "Function fun called with parameter %d\n", parm ); return( parm + 1 ); } /* Main function. */ int main() { printf( "Message PT.01 from pointers.c: Hello, pointy World!\n" ); /* Do some assignments. */ ip = &val1; cp = &val2; /* The compiler should warn you about this. */ fp = fun; ia[ 0 ] = 11; /* First element. */ ia[ 1 ] = 17; ia[ 2 ] = 3; ia[ 16 ] = 58; /* Last element. */ ca[ 0 ] = 11; /* First element. */ ca[ 1 ] = 17; ca[ 2 ] = 3; ca[ 16 ] = 58; /* Last element. */ printf( "PT.02: val1: stored at %lx (hex); value is %d (dec), %x (hex)\n", (long) &val1, val1, val1 ); printf( "PT.03: val2: stored at %lx (hex); value is %d (dec), %x (hex)\n", (long) &val2, val2, val2 ); printf( "PT.04: ip: stored at %lx (hex); value is %ld (dec), %lx (hex)\n", (long) &ip, (long) ip, (long) ip ); printf( "PT.05: Dereference pointer ip and we find: %d \n", *ip ); printf( "PT.06: cp: stored at %lx (hex); value is %ld (dec), %lx (hex)\n", (long) &cp, (long) cp, (long) cp ); printf( "PT.07: Dereference pointer cp and we find: %d \n", *cp ); *ip = 1234; printf( "\nPT.08: Executed *ip = 1234; \n" ); printf( "PT.09: val1: stored at %lx (hex); value is %d (dec), %x (hex)\n", (long) &val1, val1, val1 ); printf( "PT.10: ip: stored at %lx (hex); value is %ld (dec), %lx (hex)\n", (long) &ip, (long) ip, (long) ip ); printf( "PT.11: Dereference pointer ip and we find: %d \n", *ip ); printf( "PT.12: val1: stored at %lx (hex); value is %d (dec), %x (hex)\n", (long) &val1, val1, val1 ); *cp = 1234; /* The compiler should warn you about this. */ printf( "\nPT.13: Executed *cp = 1234; \n" ); printf( "PT.14: val2: stored at %lx (hex); value is %d (dec), %x (hex)\n", (long) &val2, val2, val2 ); printf( "PT.15: cp: stored at %lx (hex); value is %ld (dec), %lx (hex)\n", (long) &cp, (long) cp, (long) cp ); printf( "PT.16: Dereference pointer cp and we find: %d \n", *cp ); printf( "PT.17: val2: stored at %lx (hex); value is %d (dec), %x (hex)\n", (long) &val2, val2, val2 ); ip = ia; printf( "\nPT.18: Executed ip = ia; \n" ); printf( "PT.19: ia[0]: stored at %lx (hex); value is %d (dec), %x (hex)\n", (long) &ia[0], ia[0], ia[0] ); printf( "PT.20: ia[1]: stored at %lx (hex); value is %d (dec), %x (hex)\n", (long) &ia[1], ia[1], ia[1] ); printf( "PT.21: ip: stored at %lx (hex); value is %ld (dec), %lx (hex)\n", (long) &ip, (long) ip, (long) ip ); printf( "PT.22: Dereference pointer ip and we find: %d \n", *ip ); ip = ip + 1; /* add 1 to pointer */ printf( "\nPT.23: Executed ip = ip + 1; \n" ); printf( "PT.24: ip: stored at %lx (hex); value is %ld (dec), %lx (hex)\n", (long) &ip, (long) ip, (long) ip ); printf( "PT.25: Dereference pointer ip and we find: %d \n", *ip ); cp = ca; printf( "\nPT.26: Executed cp = ca; \n" ); printf( "PT.27: ca[0]: stored at %lx (hex); value is %d (dec), %x (hex)\n", (long) &ca[0], ca[0], ca[0] ); printf( "PT.28: ca[1]: stored at %lx (hex); value is %d (dec), %x (hex)\n", (long) &ca[1], ca[1], ca[1] ); printf( "PT.29: cp: stored at %lx (hex); value is %ld (dec), %lx (hex)\n", (long) &cp, (long) cp, (long) cp ); printf( "PT.30: Dereference pointer cp and we find: %d \n", *cp ); cp = cp + 1; /* add 1 to pointer */ printf( "\nPT.31: Executed cp = cp + 1; \n" ); printf( "PT.32: cp: stored at %lx (hex); value is %ld (dec), %lx (hex)\n", (long) &cp, (long) cp, (long) cp ); printf( "PT.33: Dereference pointer cp and we find: %d \n", *cp ); ip = ca; /* The compiler should warn you about this. */ printf( "\nPT.34: Executed ip = ca; \n" ); printf( "PT.35: ca[0]: stored at %lx (hex); value is %d (dec), %x (hex)\n", (long) &ca[0], ca[0], ca[0] ); printf( "PT.36: ca[1]: stored at %lx (hex); value is %d (dec), %x (hex)\n", (long) &ca[1], ca[1], ca[1] ); printf( "PT.37: ip: stored at %lx (hex); value is %ld (dec), %lx (hex)\n", (long) &ip, (long) ip, (long) ip ); printf( "PT.38: Dereference pointer ip and we find: %d \n", *ip ); cp = ia; /* The compiler should warn you about this. */ printf( "\nPT.39: Executed cp = ia; \n" ); printf( "PT.40: cp: stored at %lx (hex); value is %ld (dec), %lx (hex)\n", (long) &cp, (long) cp, (long) cp ); printf( "PT.41: Dereference pointer cp and we find: %d \n", *cp ); printf( "\nPT.42: fp: stored at %lx (hex); value is %ld (dec), %lx (hex)\n", (long) &fp, (long) fp, (long) fp ); printf( "PT.43: Dereference fp and see what happens.\n" ); val1 = (*fp)(42); printf( "PT.44: Executed val1 = (*fp)(42); \n" ); printf( "PT.45: val1: stored at %lx (hex); value is %d (dec), %x (hex)\n", (long) &val1, val1, val1 ); return( 0 ); } Output Message PT.01 from pointers.c: Hello, pointy World! PT.02: val1: stored at 21e50 (hex); value is 111111 (dec), 1b207 (hex) PT.03: val2: stored at 21e54 (hex); value is 222222 (dec), 3640e (hex) PT.04: ip: stored at 21eb8 (hex); value is 138832 (dec), 21e50 (hex) PT.05: Dereference pointer ip and we find: 111111 PT.06: cp: stored at 21e6c (hex); value is 138836 (dec), 21e54 (hex) PT.07: Dereference pointer cp and we find: 0 PT.08: Executed *ip = 1234; PT.09: val1: stored at 21e50 (hex); value is 1234 (dec), 4d2 (hex) PT.10: ip: stored at 21eb8 (hex); value is 138832 (dec), 21e50 (hex) PT.11: Dereference pointer ip and we find: 1234 PT.12: val1: stored at 21e50 (hex); value is 1234 (dec), 4d2 (hex) PT.13: Executed *cp = 1234; PT.14: val2: stored at 21e54 (hex); value is -771529714 (dec), d203640e (hex) PT.15: cp: stored at 21e6c (hex); value is 138836 (dec), 21e54 (hex) PT.16: Dereference pointer cp and we find: -46 PT.17: val2: stored at 21e54 (hex); value is -771529714 (dec), d203640e (hex) PT.18: Executed ip = ia; PT.19: ia[0]: stored at 21e74 (hex); value is 11 (dec), b (hex) PT.20: ia[1]: stored at 21e78 (hex); value is 17 (dec), 11 (hex) PT.21: ip: stored at 21eb8 (hex); value is 138868 (dec), 21e74 (hex) PT.22: Dereference pointer ip and we find: 11 PT.23: Executed ip = ip + 1; PT.24: ip: stored at 21eb8 (hex); value is 138872 (dec), 21e78 (hex) PT.25: Dereference pointer ip and we find: 17 PT.26: Executed cp = ca; PT.27: ca[0]: stored at 21e58 (hex); value is 11 (dec), b (hex) PT.28: ca[1]: stored at 21e59 (hex); value is 17 (dec), 11 (hex) PT.29: cp: stored at 21e6c (hex); value is 138840 (dec), 21e58 (hex) PT.30: Dereference pointer cp and we find: 11 PT.31: Executed cp = cp + 1; PT.32: cp: stored at 21e6c (hex); value is 138841 (dec), 21e59 (hex) PT.33: Dereference pointer cp and we find: 17 PT.34: Executed ip = ca; PT.35: ca[0]: stored at 21e58 (hex); value is 11 (dec), b (hex) PT.36: ca[1]: stored at 21e59 (hex); value is 17 (dec), 11 (hex) PT.37: ip: stored at 21eb8 (hex); value is 138840 (dec), 21e58 (hex) PT.38: Dereference pointer ip and we find: 185664256 PT.39: Executed cp = ia; PT.40: cp: stored at 21e6c (hex); value is 138868 (dec), 21e74 (hex) PT.41: Dereference pointer cp and we find: 0 PT.42: fp: stored at 21e70 (hex); value is 69288 (dec), 10ea8 (hex) PT.43: Dereference fp and see what happens. Function fun called with parameter 42 PT.44: Executed val1 = (*fp)(42); PT.45: val1: stored at 21e50 (hex); value is 43 (dec), 2b (hex)

    Read the article

  • SPARC T5-4 LDoms for RAC and WebLogic Clusters

    - by Jeff Taylor-Oracle
    I wanted to use two Oracle SPARC T5-4 servers to simultaneously host both Oracle RAC and a WebLogic Server Cluster. I chose to use Oracle VM Server for SPARC to create a cluster like this: There are plenty of trade offs and decisions that need to be made, for example: Rather than configuring the system by hand, you might want to use an Oracle SuperCluster T5-8 My configuration is similar to jsavit's: Availability Best Practices - Example configuring a T5-8 but I chose to ignore some of the advice. Maybe I should have included an  alternate service domain, but I decided that I already had enough redundancy Both Oracle SPARC T5-4 servers were to be configured like this: Cntl 0.25  4  64GB                     App LDom                    2.75 CPU's                                        44 cores                                          704 GB              DB LDom      One CPU         16 cores         256 GB   The systems started with everything in the primary domain: # ldm list NAME             STATE      FLAGS   CONS    VCPU  MEMORY   UTIL  NORM  UPTIME primary          active     -n-c--  UART    512   1023G    0.0%  0.0%  11m # ldm list-spconfig factory-default [current] primary # ldm list -o core,memory,physio NAME              primary           CORE     CID    CPUSET     0      (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7)     1      (8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15)     2      (16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23) -- SNIP     62     (496, 497, 498, 499, 500, 501, 502, 503)     63     (504, 505, 506, 507, 508, 509, 510, 511) MEMORY     RA               PA               SIZE                 0x30000000       0x30000000       255G     0x80000000000    0x80000000000    256G     0x100000000000   0x100000000000   256G     0x180000000000   0x180000000000   256G # Give this memory block to the DB LDom IO     DEVICE                           PSEUDONYM        OPTIONS     pci@300                          pci_0                pci@340                          pci_1                pci@380                          pci_2                pci@3c0                          pci_3                pci@400                          pci_4                pci@440                          pci_5                pci@480                          pci_6                pci@4c0                          pci_7                pci@300/pci@1/pci@0/pci@6        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE1     pci@300/pci@1/pci@0/pci@c        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE2     pci@300/pci@1/pci@0/pci@4/pci@0/pci@c /SYS/MB/SASHBA0     pci@300/pci@1/pci@0/pci@4/pci@0/pci@8 /SYS/RIO/NET0        pci@340/pci@1/pci@0/pci@6        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE3     pci@340/pci@1/pci@0/pci@c        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE4     pci@380/pci@1/pci@0/pci@a        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE9     pci@380/pci@1/pci@0/pci@4        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE10     pci@3c0/pci@1/pci@0/pci@e        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE11     pci@3c0/pci@1/pci@0/pci@8        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE12     pci@400/pci@1/pci@0/pci@e        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE5     pci@400/pci@1/pci@0/pci@8        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE6     pci@440/pci@1/pci@0/pci@e        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE7     pci@440/pci@1/pci@0/pci@8        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE8     pci@480/pci@1/pci@0/pci@a        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE13     pci@480/pci@1/pci@0/pci@4        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE14     pci@4c0/pci@1/pci@0/pci@8        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE15     pci@4c0/pci@1/pci@0/pci@4        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE16     pci@4c0/pci@1/pci@0/pci@c/pci@0/pci@c /SYS/MB/SASHBA1     pci@4c0/pci@1/pci@0/pci@c/pci@0/pci@4 /SYS/RIO/NET2    Added an additional service processor configuration: # ldm add-spconfig split # ldm list-spconfig factory-default primary split [current] And removed many of the resources from the primary domain: # ldm start-reconf primary # ldm set-core 4 primary # ldm set-memory 32G primary # ldm rm-io pci@340 primary # ldm rm-io pci@380 primary # ldm rm-io pci@3c0 primary # ldm rm-io pci@400 primary # ldm rm-io pci@440 primary # ldm rm-io pci@480 primary # ldm rm-io pci@4c0 primary # init 6 Needed to add resources to the guest domains: # ldm add-domain db # ldm set-core cid=`seq -s"," 48 63` db # ldm add-memory mblock=0x180000000000:256G db # ldm add-io pci@480 db # ldm add-io pci@4c0 db # ldm add-domain app # ldm set-core 44 app # ldm set-memory 704G  app # ldm add-io pci@340 app # ldm add-io pci@380 app # ldm add-io pci@3c0 app # ldm add-io pci@400 app # ldm add-io pci@440 app Needed to set up services: # ldm add-vds primary-vds0 primary # ldm add-vcc port-range=5000-5100 primary-vcc0 primary Needed to add a virtual network port for the WebLogic application domain: # ipadm NAME              CLASS/TYPE STATE        UNDER      ADDR lo0               loopback   ok           --         --    lo0/v4         static     ok           --         ...    lo0/v6         static     ok           --         ... net0              ip         ok           --         ...    net0/v4        static     ok           --         xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/24    net0/v6        addrconf   ok           --         ....    net0/v6        addrconf   ok           --         ... net8              ip         ok           --         --    net8/v4        static     ok           --         ... # dladm show-phys LINK              MEDIA                STATE      SPEED  DUPLEX    DEVICE net1              Ethernet             unknown    0      unknown   ixgbe1 net0              Ethernet             up         1000   full      ixgbe0 net8              Ethernet             up         10     full      usbecm2 # ldm add-vsw net-dev=net0 primary-vsw0 primary # ldm add-vnet vnet1 primary-vsw0 app Needed to add a virtual disk to the WebLogic application domain: # format Searching for disks...done AVAILABLE DISK SELECTIONS:        0. c0t5000CCA02505F874d0 <HITACHI-H106060SDSUN600G-A2B0-558.91GB>           /scsi_vhci/disk@g5000cca02505f874           /dev/chassis/SPARC_T5-4.AK00084038/SYS/SASBP0/HDD0/disk        1. c0t5000CCA02506C468d0 <HITACHI-H106060SDSUN600G-A2B0-558.91GB>           /scsi_vhci/disk@g5000cca02506c468           /dev/chassis/SPARC_T5-4.AK00084038/SYS/SASBP0/HDD1/disk        2. c0t5000CCA025067E5Cd0 <HITACHI-H106060SDSUN600G-A2B0-558.91GB>           /scsi_vhci/disk@g5000cca025067e5c           /dev/chassis/SPARC_T5-4.AK00084038/SYS/SASBP0/HDD2/disk        3. c0t5000CCA02506C258d0 <HITACHI-H106060SDSUN600G-A2B0-558.91GB>           /scsi_vhci/disk@g5000cca02506c258           /dev/chassis/SPARC_T5-4.AK00084038/SYS/SASBP0/HDD3/disk Specify disk (enter its number): ^C # ldm add-vdsdev /dev/dsk/c0t5000CCA02506C468d0s2 HDD1@primary-vds0 # ldm add-vdisk HDD1 HDD1@primary-vds0 app Add some additional spice to the pot: # ldm set-variable auto-boot\\?=false db # ldm set-variable auto-boot\\?=false app # ldm set-var boot-device=HDD1 app Bind the logical domains: # ldm bind db # ldm bind app At the end of the process, the system is set up like this: # ldm list -o core,memory,physio NAME             primary          CORE     CID    CPUSET     0      (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7)     1      (8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15)     2      (16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23)     3      (24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31) MEMORY     RA               PA               SIZE                0x30000000       0x30000000       32G IO     DEVICE                           PSEUDONYM        OPTIONS     pci@300                          pci_0               pci@300/pci@1/pci@0/pci@6        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE1     pci@300/pci@1/pci@0/pci@c        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE2     pci@300/pci@1/pci@0/pci@4/pci@0/pci@c /SYS/MB/SASHBA0     pci@300/pci@1/pci@0/pci@4/pci@0/pci@8 /SYS/RIO/NET0   ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NAME             app              CORE     CID    CPUSET     4      (32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39)     5      (40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47)     6      (48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55)     7      (56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63)     8      (64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71)     9      (72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79)     10     (80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87)     11     (88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95)     12     (96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103)     13     (104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111)     14     (112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119)     15     (120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127)     16     (128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135)     17     (136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143)     18     (144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151)     19     (152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159)     20     (160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167)     21     (168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175)     22     (176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183)     23     (184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191)     24     (192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199)     25     (200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207)     26     (208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215)     27     (216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 222, 223)     28     (224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231)     29     (232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239)     30     (240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247)     31     (248, 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255)     32     (256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263)     33     (264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271)     34     (272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279)     35     (280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287)     36     (288, 289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295)     37     (296, 297, 298, 299, 300, 301, 302, 303)     38     (304, 305, 306, 307, 308, 309, 310, 311)     39     (312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319)     40     (320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 326, 327)     41     (328, 329, 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, 335)     42     (336, 337, 338, 339, 340, 341, 342, 343)     43     (344, 345, 346, 347, 348, 349, 350, 351)     44     (352, 353, 354, 355, 356, 357, 358, 359)     45     (360, 361, 362, 363, 364, 365, 366, 367)     46     (368, 369, 370, 371, 372, 373, 374, 375)     47     (376, 377, 378, 379, 380, 381, 382, 383) MEMORY     RA               PA               SIZE                0x30000000       0x830000000      192G     0x4000000000     0x80000000000    256G     0x8080000000     0x100000000000   256G IO     DEVICE                           PSEUDONYM        OPTIONS     pci@340                          pci_1               pci@380                          pci_2               pci@3c0                          pci_3               pci@400                          pci_4               pci@440                          pci_5               pci@340/pci@1/pci@0/pci@6        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE3     pci@340/pci@1/pci@0/pci@c        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE4     pci@380/pci@1/pci@0/pci@a        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE9     pci@380/pci@1/pci@0/pci@4        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE10     pci@3c0/pci@1/pci@0/pci@e        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE11     pci@3c0/pci@1/pci@0/pci@8        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE12     pci@400/pci@1/pci@0/pci@e        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE5     pci@400/pci@1/pci@0/pci@8        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE6     pci@440/pci@1/pci@0/pci@e        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE7     pci@440/pci@1/pci@0/pci@8        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE8 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ NAME             db               CORE     CID    CPUSET     48     (384, 385, 386, 387, 388, 389, 390, 391)     49     (392, 393, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 399)     50     (400, 401, 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, 407)     51     (408, 409, 410, 411, 412, 413, 414, 415)     52     (416, 417, 418, 419, 420, 421, 422, 423)     53     (424, 425, 426, 427, 428, 429, 430, 431)     54     (432, 433, 434, 435, 436, 437, 438, 439)     55     (440, 441, 442, 443, 444, 445, 446, 447)     56     (448, 449, 450, 451, 452, 453, 454, 455)     57     (456, 457, 458, 459, 460, 461, 462, 463)     58     (464, 465, 466, 467, 468, 469, 470, 471)     59     (472, 473, 474, 475, 476, 477, 478, 479)     60     (480, 481, 482, 483, 484, 485, 486, 487)     61     (488, 489, 490, 491, 492, 493, 494, 495)     62     (496, 497, 498, 499, 500, 501, 502, 503)     63     (504, 505, 506, 507, 508, 509, 510, 511) MEMORY     RA               PA               SIZE                0x80000000       0x180000000000   256G IO     DEVICE                           PSEUDONYM        OPTIONS     pci@480                          pci_6               pci@4c0                          pci_7               pci@480/pci@1/pci@0/pci@a        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE13     pci@480/pci@1/pci@0/pci@4        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE14     pci@4c0/pci@1/pci@0/pci@8        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE15     pci@4c0/pci@1/pci@0/pci@4        /SYS/RCSA/PCIE16     pci@4c0/pci@1/pci@0/pci@c/pci@0/pci@c /SYS/MB/SASHBA1     pci@4c0/pci@1/pci@0/pci@c/pci@0/pci@4 /SYS/RIO/NET2   Start the domains: # ldm start app LDom app started # ldm start db LDom db started Make sure to start the vntsd service that was created, above. # svcs -a | grep ldo disabled        8:38:38 svc:/ldoms/vntsd:default online          8:38:58 svc:/ldoms/agents:default online          8:39:25 svc:/ldoms/ldmd:default # svcadm enable vntsd Now use the MAC address to configure the Solaris 11 Automated Installation. Database Logical Domain # telnet localhost 5000 {0} ok devalias screen                   /pci@4c0/pci@1/pci@0/pci@c/pci@0/pci@7/display@0 disk7                    /pci@4c0/pci@1/pci@0/pci@c/pci@0/pci@c/scsi@0/disk@p3 disk6                    /pci@4c0/pci@1/pci@0/pci@c/pci@0/pci@c/scsi@0/disk@p2 disk5                    /pci@4c0/pci@1/pci@0/pci@c/pci@0/pci@c/scsi@0/disk@p1 disk4                    /pci@4c0/pci@1/pci@0/pci@c/pci@0/pci@c/scsi@0/disk@p0 scsi1                    /pci@4c0/pci@1/pci@0/pci@c/pci@0/pci@c/scsi@0 net3                     /pci@4c0/pci@1/pci@0/pci@c/pci@0/pci@4/network@0,1 net2                     /pci@4c0/pci@1/pci@0/pci@c/pci@0/pci@4/network@0 virtual-console          /virtual-devices/console@1 name                     aliases {0} ok boot net2 Boot device: /pci@4c0/pci@1/pci@0/pci@c/pci@0/pci@4/network@0  File and args: 1000 Mbps full duplex Link up Requesting Internet Address for xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx Requesting Internet Address for xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx WLS Logical Domain # telnet localhost 5001 {0} ok devalias hdd1                     /virtual-devices@100/channel-devices@200/disk@0 vnet1                    /virtual-devices@100/channel-devices@200/network@0 net                      /virtual-devices@100/channel-devices@200/network@0 disk                     /virtual-devices@100/channel-devices@200/disk@0 virtual-console          /virtual-devices/console@1 name                     aliases {0} ok boot net Boot device: /virtual-devices@100/channel-devices@200/network@0  File and args: Requesting Internet Address for xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx Requesting Internet Address for xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx Repeat the process for the second SPARC T5-4, install Solaris, RAC and WebLogic Cluster, and you are ready to go. Maybe buying a SuperCluster would have been easier.

    Read the article

  • ?Exadata??????DBFS

    - by Liu Maclean(???)
    ?Exadata???DBFS ??????? 1. ??fuse RPM  [root@dm01db01 ~]# yum install fuse Loaded plugins: rhnplugin, security This system is not registered with ULN. ULN support will be disabled. Setting up Install Process Resolving Dependencies --> Running transaction check ---> Package fuse.x86_64 0:2.7.4-8.0.1.el5 set to be updated --> Finished Dependency Resolution Dependencies Resolved ========================================================================================================================================================================  Package                            Arch                                 Version                                         Repository                                Size ======================================================================================================================================================================== Installing:  fuse                               x86_64                               2.7.4-8.0.1.el5                                 el5_latest                                85 k Transaction Summary ======================================================================================================================================================================== Install       1 Package(s) Upgrade       0 Package(s) Total download size: 85 k Is this ok [y/N]: y Downloading Packages: fuse-2.7.4-8.0.1.el5.x86_64.rpm                                                                                                                  |  85 kB     00:00      Running rpm_check_debug Running Transaction Test Finished Transaction Test Transaction Test Succeeded Running Transaction   Installing     : fuse                                                                                                                                             1/1  Installed:   fuse.x86_64 0:2.7.4-8.0.1.el5                                                                                                                                          [root@dm01db01 ~]# yum install fuse-libs Loaded plugins: rhnplugin, security This system is not registered with ULN. ULN support will be disabled. Setting up Install Process Resolving Dependencies --> Running transaction check ---> Package fuse-libs.i386 0:2.7.4-8.0.1.el5 set to be updated ---> Package fuse-libs.x86_64 0:2.7.4-8.0.1.el5 set to be updated --> Finished Dependency Resolution Dependencies Resolved ========================================================================================================================================================================  Package                                Arch                                Version                                       Repository                               Size ======================================================================================================================================================================== Installing:  fuse-libs                              i386                                2.7.4-8.0.1.el5                               el5_latest                               71 k  fuse-libs                              x86_64                              2.7.4-8.0.1.el5                               el5_latest                               70 k Transaction Summary ======================================================================================================================================================================== Install       2 Package(s) Upgrade       0 Package(s) Total download size: 141 k Is this ok [y/N]: y Downloading Packages: (1/2): fuse-libs-2.7.4-8.0.1.el5.x86_64.rpm                                                                                                      |  70 kB     00:00      (2/2): fuse-libs-2.7.4-8.0.1.el5.i386.rpm                                                                                                        |  71 kB     00:00      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Total                                                                                                                                    71 kB/s | 141 kB     00:01      Running rpm_check_debug Running Transaction Test Finished Transaction Test Transaction Test Succeeded Running Transaction   Installing     : fuse-libs                                                                                                                                        1/2    Installing     : fuse-libs                                                                                                                                        2/2  Installed:   fuse-libs.i386 0:2.7.4-8.0.1.el5                                                  fuse-libs.x86_64 0:2.7.4-8.0.1.el5                                                  Complete! [root@dm01db01 ~]# yum install fuse-devel Loaded plugins: rhnplugin, security This system is not registered with ULN. ULN support will be disabled. Setting up Install Process Resolving Dependencies --> Running transaction check ---> Package fuse-devel.i386 0:2.7.4-8.0.1.el5 set to be updated ---> Package fuse-devel.x86_64 0:2.7.4-8.0.1.el5 set to be updated --> Finished Dependency Resolution Dependencies Resolved ========================================================================================================================================================================  Package                                 Arch                                Version                                      Repository                               Size ======================================================================================================================================================================== Installing:  fuse-devel                              i386                                2.7.4-8.0.1.el5                              el5_latest                               28 k  fuse-devel                              x86_64                              2.7.4-8.0.1.el5                              el5_latest                               28 k Transaction Summary ======================================================================================================================================================================== Install       2 Package(s) Upgrade       0 Package(s) Total download size: 57 k Is this ok [y/N]: y Downloading Packages: (1/2): fuse-devel-2.7.4-8.0.1.el5.x86_64.rpm                                                                                                     |  28 kB     00:00      (2/2): fuse-devel-2.7.4-8.0.1.el5.i386.rpm                                                                                                       |  28 kB     00:00      ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Total                                                                                                                                    21 kB/s |  57 kB     00:02      Running rpm_check_debug Running Transaction Test Finished Transaction Test Transaction Test Succeeded Running Transaction   Installing     : fuse-devel                                                                                                                                       1/2    Installing     : fuse-devel                                                                                                                                       2/2  Installed:   fuse-devel.i386 0:2.7.4-8.0.1.el5                                                 fuse-devel.x86_64 0:2.7.4-8.0.1.el5                                                 Complete! 2. ?? DBFS??? ?????? cd $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/admin sqlplus / as sysdba Oracle Database 11g Enterprise Edition Release 11.2.0.3.0 - 64bit Production With the Partitioning, Real Application Clusters, Automatic Storage Management, OLAP, Data Mining and Real Application Testing options SQL> @prvtfspi.plb Package body created. No errors. Package body created. No errors. ?????dbms_dbfs_sfs package  SQL> create tablespace dbfstbs datafile size 20g; Tablespace created. SQL> create user maclean_dbfs identified by oracle; User created. SQL> grant dba to maclean_dbfs; Grant succeeded. @@!!! SQL> grant  dbfs_role to maclean_dbfs; Grant succeeded. 3. ??DBFS SQL> conn maclean_dbfs/oracle Connected. SQL> @?/rdbms/admin/dbfs_create_filesystem.sql  dbfstbs mac_dbfs   No errors. -------- CREATE STORE: begin dbms_dbfs_sfs.createFilesystem(store_name => 'FS_MAC_DBFS', tbl_name => 'T_MAC_DBFS', tbl_tbs => 'dbfstbs', lob_tbs => 'dbfstbs', do_partition => false, partition_key => 1, do_compress => false, compression => '', do_dedup => false, do_encrypt => false); end; -------- REGISTER STORE: begin dbms_dbfs_content.registerStore(store_name=> 'FS_MAC_DBFS', provider_name => 'sample1', provider_package => 'dbms_dbfs_sfs'); end; -------- MOUNT STORE: begin dbms_dbfs_content.mountStore(store_name=>'FS_MAC_DBFS', store_mount=>'mac_dbfs'); end; -------- CHMOD STORE: declare m integer; begin m := dbms_fuse.fs_chmod('/mac_dbfs', 16895); end; No errors. 4.  ??mount point  [root@dm01db01 ~]# mkdir /dbfs [root@dm01db01 ~]# chown oracle:oinstall /dbfs 5. ??library path ?OS  # echo "/usr/local/lib" >> /etc/ld.so.conf.d/usr_local_lib.conf 6. ?????? export ORACLE_HOME=/s01/orabase/product/11.2.0/dbhome_1 [root@dm01db01 ~]# ln -s $ORACLE_HOME/lib/libclntsh.so.11.1 /usr/local/lib/libclntsh.so.11.1 [root@dm01db01 ~]#  ln -s $ORACLE_HOME/lib/libnnz11.so /usr/local/lib/libnnz11.so [root@dm01db01 ~]#  ln -s /lib64/libfuse.so.2 /usr/local/lib/libfuse.so.2 7. ??ldconfig  [root@dm01db01 ~]# ldconfig [root@dm01db01 ~]#  8. ??fusermount??????? [root@dm01db01 ~]#  chmod +x /usr/bin/fusermount [root@dm01db01 ~]#  ls -l /usr/bin/fusermount lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 15 Sep  7 03:06 /usr/bin/fusermount -> /bin/fusermount [root@dm01db01 ~]#  ls -l /bin/fusermount -rwsr-x--x 1 root fuse 27072 Oct 17  2011 /bin/fusermount 9. ???????OS  dbfs_client maclean_dbfs@dm01db01:1521/orcl  /dbfs 10. ????nohup + &?????mount DBFS,???????????? [oracle@dm01db01 ~]$ echo "oracle"  >> dbfs_pw [oracle@dm01db01 ~]$ nohup dbfs_client maclean_dbfs@dm01db01:1521/orcl /dbfs < dbfs_pw & [oracle@dm01db01 ~]$ df -h Filesystem            Size  Used Avail Use% Mounted on /dev/mapper/VGExaDb-LVDbSys1                        30G   15G   14G  53% / /dev/sda1             502M   30M  447M   7% /boot /dev/mapper/VGExaDb-LVDbOra1                        99G   20G   75G  21% /u01 tmpfs                  81G     0   81G   0% /dev/shm dbfs-maclean_dbfs@orcl:/                        20G  120K   20G   1% /dbfs [oracle@dm01db01 ~]$ mount /dev/mapper/VGExaDb-LVDbSys1 on / type ext3 (rw) proc on /proc type proc (rw) sysfs on /sys type sysfs (rw) devpts on /dev/pts type devpts (rw,gid=5,mode=620) /dev/sda1 on /boot type ext3 (rw,nodev) /dev/mapper/VGExaDb-LVDbOra1 on /u01 type ext3 (rw,nodev) tmpfs on /dev/shm type tmpfs (rw,size=82052m) none on /proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc type binfmt_misc (rw) dbfs-maclean_dbfs@orcl:/ on /dbfs type fuse (rw,nosuid,nodev,max_read=1048576,default_permissions,user=oracle) [oracle@dm01db01 ~]$ ls -l /dbfs/ total 0 drwxrwxrwx 3 root root 0 Sep 14 05:11 mac_dbfs [oracle@nas ~]$ dbfs_client  --------MOUNT mode: usage: dbfs_client <db_user>@<db_server> [options] <mountpoint>   db_user:              Name of Database user that owns DBFS content repository filesystem(s)   db_server:            A valid connect string for Oracle database server                         (for example, hrdb_host:1521/hrservice)   mountpoint:           Path to mount Database File System(s)                         All the file systems owned by the database user will be seen at the mountpoint. DBFS options:   -o direct_io          Bypass the Linux page cache. Gives much better performance for large files.                         Programs in the file system cannot be executed with this option.                         This option is recommended when DBFS is used as an ETL staging area.   -o wallet             Run dbfs_client in background.                         Wallet must be configured to get credentials.   -o failover           dbfs_client fails over to surviving database instance with no data loss.                         Some performance cost on writes, especially for small files.   -o allow_root         Allows root access to the filesystem.                         This option requires setting 'user_allow_other' parameter in '/etc/fuse.conf'.   -o allow_other        Allows other users access to the file system.                         This option requires setting 'user_allow_other' parameter in '/etc/fuse.conf'.   -o rw                 Mount the filesystem read-write. [Default]   -o ro                 Mount the filesystem read-only. Files cannot be modified.   -o trace_file=STR     Tracing <filename> | 'syslog'   -o trace_level=N      Trace Level: 1->DEBUG, 2->INFO, 3->WARNING, 4->ERROR, 5->CRITICAL [Default: 4]   -h                    help   -V                    version --------COMMAND mode: Usage:     dbfs_client <db_user>@<db_server> --command command [switches] [arguments]             command:          Command to be executed, e.g., ls, cp, mkdir, rm            switches:         Switches are described below for each command.            arguments:        File names or directory names NOTE:      All database pathnames must be absolute and preceded by dbfs:/ Commands   ls            dbfs_client <db_user>@<db_server> --command ls [switches] target      Switches:              -a         Show all files including those starting with '.'            -l         Use a long listing format. In addition to the name of each file                       print the file type, permissions, size, user and group information            -R         List subdirectories recursively cp                     dbfs_client <db_user>@<db_server> --command cp [switches] source destination      Switches:              -r, -R      Copy a directory and its contents recursively into the destination directory rm                     dbfs_client <db_user>@<db_server> --command rm [switches] target      Switches:              -r, -R      Removes a directory and its contents recursively mkdir                  dbfs_client <db_user>@<db_server> --command mkdir directory_name Examples                     dbfs_client ETLUser@DBConnectString --command ls -l -a dbfs:/staging_area/directory1            dbfs_client ETLUser@DBConnectString --command cp -R  /tmp/1-Jan-2009-dump dbfs:/staging_area            dbfs_client ETLUser@DBConnectString --command rm dbfs:/staging_area/hello.txt            dbfs_client ETLUser@DBConnectString --command mkdir dbfs:/staging_area/directory2 [oracle@dm01db01 ~]$ ls -lh /tmp/largefile -rw-r--r-- 1 oracle oinstall 2.0G Sep 14 08:50 /tmp/largefile [oracle@dm01db01 ~]$ time dbfs_client  maclean_dbfs@dm01db01:1521/orcl --command cp /tmp/largefile dbfs:/mac_dbfs Password: /tmp/largefile -> dbfs:/mac_dbfs/largefile real    0m11.802s user    0m0.580s sys     0m2.375s ?Exadata?????2G?????? DBFS???11s => 200MB/s 

    Read the article

  • PHP form auto response

    - by Mark
    Hi, I am using the following php code which has been given to me, it works fine, apart from the auto response bit. I know its not a lot of code I just dont know how to do it or why it snot working. Any help would be appreciated. thanks in advance. <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /> <title> - Contact Us</title> <!-- css --> <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="css/reset.css" /> <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="css/styles.css" /> <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="css/colorbox.css" /> <!-- javascript libraries --> <?php require_once('includes/js.php'); ?> </head> <body> <?php //FIll out the settings below before using this script $your_email = "(email address)"; $website = "(website name)"; //BOTS TO BLOCK $bots = "/(Indy|Blaiz|Java|libwww-perl|Python|OutfoxBot|User-Agent|PycURL|AlphaServer|T8Abot|Syntryx|WinHttp|WebBandit|nicebot)/i"; //Check if known bot is visiting if (preg_match($bots, $_SERVER["HTTP_USER_AGENT"])) { exit ("Sorry bots are not allowed here!"); } //Known Exploits $exploits = "/(content-type|bcc:|cc:|from:|reply-to:|javascript|onclick|onload)/i"; //Spam words $spam_words = "/(viagra|poker|blackjack|porn|sex)/i"; // BAD WORDS $words = "/( bitch|dick|pussy|pussies|ass|fuck|cum|cumshot|cum shot| gangbang|gang bang|god dammit|goddammit|viagra|anus|analsex )/i"; //BAD WORD/SPAM WORD/EXPLOIT BLOCKER function wordBlock($word) { //Make variables global global $words; global $exploits; global $spam_words; if (preg_match($words, $word)) { $word = preg_replace($words, "#####", $word); } if(preg_match($exploits,$word)){ $word = preg_replace($exploits,"",$word); } if(preg_match($spam_words,$word)){ $word = preg_replace($spam_words,"$$$$",$word); } return $word; } //CLean data function function dataClean($data) { $data = stripslashes(trim(rawurldecode(strip_tags($data)))); return $data; } //CREATE MAIN VARIABLES $name = (isset ($_POST['name'])) ? dataClean($_POST['name']) : FALSE; $company = (isset ($_POST['company'])) ? dataClean($_POST['company']) : FALSE; $address = (isset ($_POST['address'])) ? dataClean($_POST['address']) : FALSE; $postcode = (isset ($_POST['postcode'])) ? dataClean($_POST['postcode']) : FALSE; $phone = (isset ($_POST['phone'])) ? dataClean($_POST['phone']) : FALSE; $email = (isset ($_POST['email'])) ? dataClean($_POST['email']) : FALSE; $comment = (isset ($_POST['message'])) ? wordBlock(dataClean($_POST['message'])) : FALSE; $submit = (isset ($_POST['send'])) ? TRUE : FALSE; $email_check = "/^[A-Z0-9._%+-]+@[A-Z0-9.-]+\.[A-Z]{2,6}$/i"; //$ip = $_SERVER["REMOTE_ADDR"]; $errors = array(); //Check if send button was clicked if ($submit) { if (!$name) { $errors[] = "Please enter a name!"; } if ($name) { if (!ereg("^[A-Za-z' -]*$", $name)) { $errors[] = "You may not use special characters in the name field!"; } } if (!$email) { $errors[] = "Please enter an email address!"; } if ($email) { if (!preg_match($email_check, $email)) { $errors[] = "The E-mail you entered is invalid!"; } } /* if (!$subject) { $errors[] = "Please enter an email subject!"; } */ if (!$comment) { $errors[] = "Please don't leave the message field blank!"; } //Check if any errors are present if (count($errors) > 0) { foreach ($errors AS $error) { print "&bull; $error <br />"; } } else { //MESSAGE TO SEND TO ADMIN //Create main headers $headers = "From: " . $website . " <$your_email> \n"; $headers .= "Reply-to:" . $email . " \n"; $headers .= "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"; $headers .= "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"; $headers .= "Content-Type: text/html; charset=UTF-8\n"; $message = ""; $message .= "<h1>New E-Mail From " . $website . "</h1><br /><br />"; $message .= "<b>Name:</b> " . $name . "<br />"; $message .= "<b>Company:</b> " . $company . "<br />"; $message .= "<b>Address:</b> " . $address . "<br />"; $message .= "<b>Postcode:</b > " . $postcode . "<br />"; $message .= "<b>Phone No:</b> " . $phone . "<br />"; $message .= "<b>E-mail:</b> " . $email . "<br />"; $message .= "<b>Message:</b> " . $comment . "<br />"; //E-mails subject $mail_subject = "Message from " . $website . ""; /* CHECK TO BE SURE FIRST E-MAIL TO ADMIN IS A SUCCESS AND SEND EMAIL TO ADMIN OTHERWISE DON'T SEND AUTO RESPONCE */ if (mail($your_email, $mail_subject, $message, $headers)) { //UNSET ALL VARIABLES unset ($name, $email, $company, $address, $postcode, $phone, $comment, $_REQUEST); //JAVASCRIPT SUCCESS MESSAGE echo " <script type='text/javascript' language='JavaScript'> alert('Your message has been sent'); </script> "; //SUCCESS MESSAGE TO SHOW IF JAVASCRIPT IS DISABLED echo "<noscript><p>THANK YOU YOUR MESSAGE HAS BEEN SENT</p></noscript>"; /* -----------------END MAIL BLOCK FOR SENDING TO ADMIN AND START AUTO RESPONCE SEND----------------- */ //AUTO RESPONCE MESSAGE //Create main headers $headers = "From: " . $website . " <$your_email> \n"; $headers .= "Reply-to:" . $your_email . " \n"; $headers .= "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"; $headers .= "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"; $headers .= "Content-Type: text/html; charset=UTF-8\n"; $message = ""; $message .= "<h1>Thank You For Contacting Us </h1><br /><br />"; $message .= "On behalf of <b>" . $website . "</b> we wanna thank you for contacting us and to let you know we will respond to your message as soon as possible thank you again."; //E-mails subject $mail_subject = "Thank you for contacting " . $website . ""; //Send the email mail($email, $mail_subject, $message, $headers); /* -----------------END MAIL BLOCK FOR SENDING AUTO RESPONCE ----------------- */ } else { echo " <script type='text/javascript' language='JavaScript'> alert('Sorry could not send your message'); </script> "; echo "<noscript><p style='color:red;'>SORRY COULD NOT SEND YOUR MESSAGE</p></noscript>"; } } } ?> <div id="wrapper"> <div id="grad_overlay"> <!-- Header --> <div id="header"> <a href="index.php" title="Regal Balustrades"><img src="images/regal_logo.png" alt="Regal Balustrades" /></a> <div id="strapline"> <img src="images/strapline.png" alt="Architectural metalwork systems" /> </div> </div> <!-- Navigation --> <div id="nav"> <?php require_once('includes/nav.php'); ?> </div> <!-- Content --> <div id="content"> <div id="details"> <p class="getintouch env">Get In Touch</p> <ul class="details"> <li>T. (0117) 935 3888</li> <li>F. (0117) 967 7333</li> <li>E. <a href="mailto:[email protected]" title="Contact via email">[email protected]</a></li> </ul> <p class="whereto hse">Where To Find Us</p> <ul class="details"> <li>Regal Balustrades</li> <li>Regal House, </li> <li>Honey Hill Road,</li> <li>Kingswood, </li> <li>Bristol BS15 4HG</li> </ul> </div> <div id="contact"> <h1>Contact us</h1> <p>Please use this form to request further information about Regal Balustrades and our services. To speak to a member of our staff in person, please call us on 0117 9353888</p> <div id="form"> <form method='POST' action='<?php echo "".$_SERVER['PHP_SELF'].""; ?>'> <p class='form-element'> <label for='name'>Name:</label> <input type='text' name='name' value='<?php echo "" . $_REQUEST['name'] . "";?>' /> </p> <p class='form-element'> <label for='company'>Company:</label> <input type='text' name='company' value='<?php echo "" . $_REQUEST['company'] . "";?>' /> </p> <p class='form-element'> <label for='address'>Address:</label> <textarea name='address' rows='5' id='address' class='address' ><?php echo "" . $_REQUEST['address'] . "";?></textarea> </p> <p class='form-element'> <label for='postcode'>Postcode:</label> <input type='text' name='postcode' value='<?php echo "" . $_REQUEST['postcode'] . "";?>' /> </p> <p class='form-element'> <label for='phone'>Telephone:</label> <input type='text' name='phone' value='<?php echo "" . $_REQUEST['phone'] . "";?>' /> </p> <p class='form-element'> <label for='email'>Email:</label> <input type='text' name='email' value='<?php echo "" . $_REQUEST['email'] . "";?>' /> </p> </div> <div id='form-right'> <p class='form-element'> <label for='message'>Enquiry:</label> <textarea name='message' class='enquiry' id='enquiry' rows='5' cols='40' ><?php echo "" . $_REQUEST['message'] . "";?></textarea> </p> <p class='form-element'> <input type='submit' class='submit' name='send' value='Send message' /> </p> </div> <p class='nb'><em>We will respond as soon as possible.</em></p> </form> </div> </div> </div> </div> </div> <!-- Footer --> <div id="footer-container"> <?php require_once('includes/footer.php'); ?> </div> <!-- js functions --> <script> $(document).ready(function() { $("ul#navig li:nth-child(6)").addClass("navon"); }); </script> </body> </html>

    Read the article

  • Using a mounted NTFS share with nginx

    - by Hoff
    I have set up a local testing VM with Ubuntu Server 12.04 LTS and the LEMP stack. It's kind of an unconventional setup because instead of having all my PHP scripts on the local machine, I've mounted an NTFS share as the document root because I do my development on Windows. I had everything working perfectly up until this morning, now I keep getting a dreaded 'File not found.' error. I am almost certain this must be somehow permission related, because if I copy my site over to /var/www, nginx and php-fpm have no problems serving my PHP scripts. What I can't figure out is why all of a sudden (after a reboot of the server), no PHP files will be served but instead just the 'File not found.' error. Static files work fine, so I think it's PHP that is causing the headache. Both nginx and php-fpm are configured to run as the user www-data: root@ubuntu-server:~# ps aux | grep 'nginx\|php-fpm' root 1095 0.0 0.0 5816 792 ? Ss 11:11 0:00 nginx: master process /opt/nginx/sbin/nginx -c /etc/nginx/nginx.conf www-data 1096 0.0 0.1 6016 1172 ? S 11:11 0:00 nginx: worker process www-data 1098 0.0 0.1 6016 1172 ? S 11:11 0:00 nginx: worker process root 1130 0.0 0.4 175560 4212 ? Ss 11:11 0:00 php-fpm: master process (/etc/php5/php-fpm.conf) www-data 1131 0.0 0.3 175560 3216 ? S 11:11 0:00 php-fpm: pool www www-data 1132 0.0 0.3 175560 3216 ? S 11:11 0:00 php-fpm: pool www www-data 1133 0.0 0.3 175560 3216 ? S 11:11 0:00 php-fpm: pool www root 1686 0.0 0.0 4368 816 pts/1 S+ 11:11 0:00 grep --color=auto nginx\|php-fpm I have mounted the NTFS share at /mnt/webfiles by editing /etc/fstab and adding the following line: //192.168.0.199/c$/Websites/ /mnt/webfiles cifs username=Jordan,password=mypasswordhere,gid=33,uid=33 0 0 Where gid 33 is the www-data group and uid 33 is the user www-data. If I list the contents of one of my sites you can in fact see that they belong to the user www-data: root@ubuntu-server:~# ls -l /mnt/webfiles/nTv5-2.0 total 8 drwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Jun 6 19:12 app drwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Aug 22 19:00 assets -rwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 1150 Jan 4 2012 favicon.ico -rwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 1412 Dec 28 2011 index.php drwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Jun 3 16:44 lib drwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Jan 3 2012 plugins drwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Jun 3 16:45 vendors If I switch to the www-data user, I have no problem creating a new file on the share: root@ubuntu-server:~# su www-data $ > /mnt/webfiles/test.txt $ ls -l /mnt/webfiles | grep test\.txt -rwxr-xr-x 0 www-data www-data 0 Sep 8 11:19 test.txt There should be no problem reading or writing to the share with php-fpm running as the user www-data. When I examine the error log of nginx, it's filled with a bunch of lines that look like the following: 2012/09/08 11:22:36 [error] 1096#0: *1 FastCGI sent in stderr: "Primary script unknown" while reading response header from upstream, client: 192.168.0.199, server: , request: "GET / HTTP/1.1", upstream: "fastcgi://unix:/var/run/php5-fpm.sock:", host: "192.168.0.123" 2012/09/08 11:22:39 [error] 1096#0: *1 FastCGI sent in stderr: "Primary script unknown" while reading response header from upstream, client: 192.168.0.199, server: , request: "GET /apc.php HTTP/1.1", upstream: "fastcgi://unix:/var/run/php5-fpm.sock:", host: "192.168.0.123" It's bizarre that this was working previously and now all of sudden PHP is complaining that it can't "find" the scripts on the share. Does anybody know why this is happening? EDIT I tried editing php-fpm.conf and changing chdir to the following: chdir = /mnt/webfiles When I try and restart the php-fpm service, I get the error: Starting php-fpm [08-Sep-2012 14:20:55] ERROR: [pool www] the chdir path '/mnt/webfiles' does not exist or is not a directory This is a total load of bullshit because this directory DOES exist and is mounted! Any ls commands to list that directory work perfectly. Why the hell can't PHP-FPM see this directory?! Here are my configuration files for reference: nginx.conf user www-data; worker_processes 2; error_log /var/log/nginx/nginx.log info; pid /var/run/nginx.pid; events { worker_connections 1024; multi_accept on; } http { include fastcgi.conf; include mime.types; default_type application/octet-stream; set_real_ip_from 127.0.0.1; real_ip_header X-Forwarded-For; ## Proxy proxy_redirect off; proxy_set_header Host $host; proxy_set_header X-Real-IP $remote_addr; proxy_set_header X-Forwarded-For $proxy_add_x_forwarded_for; client_max_body_size 32m; client_body_buffer_size 128k; proxy_connect_timeout 90; proxy_send_timeout 90; proxy_read_timeout 90; proxy_buffers 32 4k; ## Compression gzip on; gzip_types text/plain text/css application/x-javascript text/xml application/xml application/xml+rss text/javascript; gzip_disable "MSIE [1-6]\.(?!.*SV1)"; ### TCP options tcp_nodelay on; tcp_nopush on; keepalive_timeout 65; sendfile on; include /etc/nginx/sites-enabled/*; } my site config server { listen 80; access_log /var/log/nginx/$host.access.log; error_log /var/log/nginx/error.log; root /mnt/webfiles/nTv5-2.0/app/webroot; index index.php; ## Block bad bots if ($http_user_agent ~* (HTTrack|HTMLParser|libcurl|discobot|Exabot|Casper|kmccrew|plaNETWORK|RPT-HTTPClient)) { return 444; } ## Block certain Referers (case insensitive) if ($http_referer ~* (sex|vigra|viagra) ) { return 444; } ## Deny dot files: location ~ /\. { deny all; } ## Favicon Not Found location = /favicon.ico { access_log off; log_not_found off; } ## Robots.txt Not Found location = /robots.txt { access_log off; log_not_found off; } if (-f $document_root/maintenance.html) { rewrite ^(.*)$ /maintenance.html last; } location ~* \.(?:ico|css|js|gif|jpe?g|png)$ { # Some basic cache-control for static files to be sent to the browser expires max; add_header Pragma public; add_header Cache-Control "max-age=2678400, public, must-revalidate"; } location / { try_files $uri $uri/ index.php; if (-f $request_filename) { break; } rewrite ^(.+)$ /index.php?url=$1 last; } location ~ \.php$ { include /etc/nginx/fastcgi.conf; fastcgi_pass unix:/var/run/php5-fpm.sock; } } php-fpm.conf ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; FPM Configuration ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; All relative paths in this configuration file are relative to PHP's install ; prefix (/opt/php5). This prefix can be dynamicaly changed by using the ; '-p' argument from the command line. ; Include one or more files. If glob(3) exists, it is used to include a bunch of ; files from a glob(3) pattern. This directive can be used everywhere in the ; file. ; Relative path can also be used. They will be prefixed by: ; - the global prefix if it's been set (-p arguement) ; - /opt/php5 otherwise ;include=etc/fpm.d/*.conf ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Global Options ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; [global] ; Pid file ; Note: the default prefix is /opt/php5/var ; Default Value: none pid = /var/run/php-fpm.pid ; Error log file ; Note: the default prefix is /opt/php5/var ; Default Value: log/php-fpm.log error_log = /var/log/php5-fpm/php-fpm.log ; Log level ; Possible Values: alert, error, warning, notice, debug ; Default Value: notice ;log_level = notice ; If this number of child processes exit with SIGSEGV or SIGBUS within the time ; interval set by emergency_restart_interval then FPM will restart. A value ; of '0' means 'Off'. ; Default Value: 0 ;emergency_restart_threshold = 0 ; Interval of time used by emergency_restart_interval to determine when ; a graceful restart will be initiated. This can be useful to work around ; accidental corruptions in an accelerator's shared memory. ; Available Units: s(econds), m(inutes), h(ours), or d(ays) ; Default Unit: seconds ; Default Value: 0 ;emergency_restart_interval = 0 ; Time limit for child processes to wait for a reaction on signals from master. ; Available units: s(econds), m(inutes), h(ours), or d(ays) ; Default Unit: seconds ; Default Value: 0 ;process_control_timeout = 0 ; Send FPM to background. Set to 'no' to keep FPM in foreground for debugging. ; Default Value: yes ;daemonize = yes ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Pool Definitions ; ;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; ; Multiple pools of child processes may be started with different listening ; ports and different management options. The name of the pool will be ; used in logs and stats. There is no limitation on the number of pools which ; FPM can handle. Your system will tell you anyway :) ; Start a new pool named 'www'. ; the variable $pool can we used in any directive and will be replaced by the ; pool name ('www' here) [www] ; Per pool prefix ; It only applies on the following directives: ; - 'slowlog' ; - 'listen' (unixsocket) ; - 'chroot' ; - 'chdir' ; - 'php_values' ; - 'php_admin_values' ; When not set, the global prefix (or /opt/php5) applies instead. ; Note: This directive can also be relative to the global prefix. ; Default Value: none ;prefix = /path/to/pools/$pool ; The address on which to accept FastCGI requests. ; Valid syntaxes are: ; 'ip.add.re.ss:port' - to listen on a TCP socket to a specific address on ; a specific port; ; 'port' - to listen on a TCP socket to all addresses on a ; specific port; ; '/path/to/unix/socket' - to listen on a unix socket. ; Note: This value is mandatory. ;listen = 127.0.0.1:9000 listen = /var/run/php5-fpm.sock ; Set listen(2) backlog. A value of '-1' means unlimited. ; Default Value: 128 (-1 on FreeBSD and OpenBSD) ;listen.backlog = -1 ; List of ipv4 addresses of FastCGI clients which are allowed to connect. ; Equivalent to the FCGI_WEB_SERVER_ADDRS environment variable in the original ; PHP FCGI (5.2.2+). Makes sense only with a tcp listening socket. Each address ; must be separated by a comma. If this value is left blank, connections will be ; accepted from any ip address. ; Default Value: any ;listen.allowed_clients = 127.0.0.1 ; Set permissions for unix socket, if one is used. In Linux, read/write ; permissions must be set in order to allow connections from a web server. Many ; BSD-derived systems allow connections regardless of permissions. ; Default Values: user and group are set as the running user ; mode is set to 0666 ;listen.owner = www-data ;listen.group = www-data ;listen.mode = 0666 ; Unix user/group of processes ; Note: The user is mandatory. If the group is not set, the default user's group ; will be used. user = www-data group = www-data ; Choose how the process manager will control the number of child processes. ; Possible Values: ; static - a fixed number (pm.max_children) of child processes; ; dynamic - the number of child processes are set dynamically based on the ; following directives: ; pm.max_children - the maximum number of children that can ; be alive at the same time. ; pm.start_servers - the number of children created on startup. ; pm.min_spare_servers - the minimum number of children in 'idle' ; state (waiting to process). If the number ; of 'idle' processes is less than this ; number then some children will be created. ; pm.max_spare_servers - the maximum number of children in 'idle' ; state (waiting to process). If the number ; of 'idle' processes is greater than this ; number then some children will be killed. ; Note: This value is mandatory. pm = dynamic ; The number of child processes to be created when pm is set to 'static' and the ; maximum number of child processes to be created when pm is set to 'dynamic'. ; This value sets the limit on the number of simultaneous requests that will be ; served. Equivalent to the ApacheMaxClients directive with mpm_prefork. ; Equivalent to the PHP_FCGI_CHILDREN environment variable in the original PHP ; CGI. ; Note: Used when pm is set to either 'static' or 'dynamic' ; Note: This value is mandatory. pm.max_children = 50 ; The number of child processes created on startup. ; Note: Used only when pm is set to 'dynamic' ; Default Value: min_spare_servers + (max_spare_servers - min_spare_servers) / 2 pm.start_servers = 20 ; The desired minimum number of idle server processes. ; Note: Used only when pm is set to 'dynamic' ; Note: Mandatory when pm is set to 'dynamic' pm.min_spare_servers = 5 ; The desired maximum number of idle server processes. ; Note: Used only when pm is set to 'dynamic' ; Note: Mandatory when pm is set to 'dynamic' pm.max_spare_servers = 35 ; The number of requests each child process should execute before respawning. ; This can be useful to work around memory leaks in 3rd party libraries. For ; endless request processing specify '0'. Equivalent to PHP_FCGI_MAX_REQUESTS. ; Default Value: 0 pm.max_requests = 500 ; The URI to view the FPM status page. If this value is not set, no URI will be ; recognized as a status page. By default, the status page shows the following ; information: ; accepted conn - the number of request accepted by the pool; ; pool - the name of the pool; ; process manager - static or dynamic; ; idle processes - the number of idle processes; ; active processes - the number of active processes; ; total processes - the number of idle + active processes. ; max children reached - number of times, the process limit has been reached, ; when pm tries to start more children (works only for ; pm 'dynamic') ; The values of 'idle processes', 'active processes' and 'total processes' are ; updated each second. The value of 'accepted conn' is updated in real time. ; Example output: ; accepted conn: 12073 ; pool: www ; process manager: static ; idle processes: 35 ; active processes: 65 ; total processes: 100 ; max children reached: 1 ; By default the status page output is formatted as text/plain. Passing either ; 'html' or 'json' as a query string will return the corresponding output ; syntax. Example: ; http://www.foo.bar/status ; http://www.foo.bar/status?json ; http://www.foo.bar/status?html ; Note: The value must start with a leading slash (/). The value can be ; anything, but it may not be a good idea to use the .php extension or it ; may conflict with a real PHP file. ; Default Value: not set pm.status_path = /status ; The ping URI to call the monitoring page of FPM. If this value is not set, no ; URI will be recognized as a ping page. This could be used to test from outside ; that FPM is alive and responding, or to ; - create a graph of FPM availability (rrd or such); ; - remove a server from a group if it is not responding (load balancing); ; - trigger alerts for the operating team (24/7). ; Note: The value must start with a leading slash (/). The value can be ; anything, but it may not be a good idea to use the .php extension or it ; may conflict with a real PHP file. ; Default Value: not set ping.path = /ping ; This directive may be used to customize the response of a ping request. The ; response is formatted as text/plain with a 200 response code. ; Default Value: pong ping.response = pong ; The timeout for serving a single request after which the worker process will ; be killed. This option should be used when the 'max_execution_time' ini option ; does not stop script execution for some reason. A value of '0' means 'off'. ; Available units: s(econds)(default), m(inutes), h(ours), or d(ays) ; Default Value: 0 ;request_terminate_timeout = 0 ; The timeout for serving a single request after which a PHP backtrace will be ; dumped to the 'slowlog' file. A value of '0s' means 'off'. ; Available units: s(econds)(default), m(inutes), h(ours), or d(ays) ; Default Value: 0 ;request_slowlog_timeout = 0 ; The log file for slow requests ; Default Value: not set ; Note: slowlog is mandatory if request_slowlog_timeout is set ;slowlog = log/$pool.log.slow ; Set open file descriptor rlimit. ; Default Value: system defined value ;rlimit_files = 1024 ; Set max core size rlimit. ; Possible Values: 'unlimited' or an integer greater or equal to 0 ; Default Value: system defined value ;rlimit_core = 0 ; Chroot to this directory at the start. This value must be defined as an ; absolute path. When this value is not set, chroot is not used. ; Note: you can prefix with '$prefix' to chroot to the pool prefix or one ; of its subdirectories. If the pool prefix is not set, the global prefix ; will be used instead. ; Note: chrooting is a great security feature and should be used whenever ; possible. However, all PHP paths will be relative to the chroot ; (error_log, sessions.save_path, ...). ; Default Value: not set ;chroot = ; Chdir to this directory at the start. ; Note: relative path can be used. ; Default Value: current directory or / when chroot ;chdir = /var/www ; Redirect worker stdout and stderr into main error log. If not set, stdout and ; stderr will be redirected to /dev/null according to FastCGI specs. ; Note: on highloaded environement, this can cause some delay in the page ; process time (several ms). ; Default Value: no ;catch_workers_output = yes ; Pass environment variables like LD_LIBRARY_PATH. All $VARIABLEs are taken from ; the current environment. ; Default Value: clean env ;env[HOSTNAME] = $HOSTNAME ;env[PATH] = /usr/local/bin:/usr/bin:/bin ;env[TMP] = /tmp ;env[TMPDIR] = /tmp ;env[TEMP] = /tmp ; Additional php.ini defines, specific to this pool of workers. These settings ; overwrite the values previously defined in the php.ini. The directives are the ; same as the PHP SAPI: ; php_value/php_flag - you can set classic ini defines which can ; be overwritten from PHP call 'ini_set'. ; php_admin_value/php_admin_flag - these directives won't be overwritten by ; PHP call 'ini_set' ; For php_*flag, valid values are on, off, 1, 0, true, false, yes or no. ; Defining 'extension' will load the corresponding shared extension from ; extension_dir. Defining 'disable_functions' or 'disable_classes' will not ; overwrite previously defined php.ini values, but will append the new value ; instead. ; Note: path INI options can be relative and will be expanded with the prefix ; (pool, global or /opt/php5) ; Default Value: nothing is defined by default except the values in php.ini and ; specified at startup with the -d argument ;php_admin_value[sendmail_path] = /usr/sbin/sendmail -t -i -f [email protected] ;php_flag[display_errors] = off ;php_admin_value[error_log] = /var/log/fpm-php.www.log ;php_admin_flag[log_errors] = on ;php_admin_value[memory_limit] = 32M php_admin_value[sendmail_path] = /usr/sbin/sendmail -t -i

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 270 271 272 273 274 275  | Next Page >